Catalog. Self-operated Regulators Volume 2 Temperature Regulators

Transcription

1 Catalog Self-operated Regulators Volume 2 Temperature Regulators

2 Self-operated Regulators Temperature Regulators Volume 2 Catalog 2012 Overview Self-operated Temperature Regulators 5 Self-operated Pressure Regulators Pressure Reducing Valves Excess Pressure Valves Volume 1 Self-operated Differential Pressure and Flow Regulators Volume 1 Boiler Controllers Steam Traps Air vents Strainers 159 Application Notes 171 Appendix 175 1

3

4 Contents Self-operated Temperature Regulators Type 1 to Type 9 PN 16 to 0 Class 125 to 300 DN 15 to 250 NPS ½ to 10 G ½ to 1 Up to 350 C Up to 660 F Information Sheet 5 Temperature Regulator Type 1 with unbalanced single-seated globe valve 19 Temperature Regulator Type 1 with unbalanced single-seated globe valve ANSI version 25 Temperature Regulator Type 1 with unbalanced single-seated valve Female thread connections 31 Temperature Regulator Type 1u with single-seated globe valve For cooling installations 35 Temperature Regulator Type 1u with single-seated globe valve For cooling installations ANSI version 1 Temperature Regulator Type with balanced single-seated globe valve 7 Temperature Regulator Type with balanced single-seated globe valve ANSI version 55 Temperature Regulator Type u with balanced single-seated globe valve For cooling installations 61 Temperature Regulator Type 8 with unbalanced three-way valve 67 Temperature Regulator Type 9 with balanced three-way valve 73 Temperature Regulator Type 9 with balanced three-way valve ANSI version 79 Series 3 PN 25 Class 250 DN 15 to 50 NPS ½ to 2 G ½ to 1 ½ to 1 NPT Up to 200 C Up to 390 F Information Sheet 97 Temperature Regulators (with globe valves) Type 3-1 Type Temperature Regulators (with globe valves) Type 3-1 Type 3-2 ANSI version 113 Temperature Regulator (with globe valve) Type 3-2 N 119 Temperature Regulators (with globe valves) Type 3-5 Type 3-7 Type Temperature Regulators (with globe valves) Type 3-5 Type 3-7 Type 3-6 ANSI version 127 Temperature Regulators with Hydraulic Controller Type 3-8 Type 3-8 N 131 Temperature Regulator with Three-way Valve Type Temperature Regulator with Three-way Valve Type 3-3 ANSI version 139 Temperature Regulators with double adapter Do3 K with manual adjuster 13 Return Flow Temperature Limiters Type 3 D Type D/ E 15 Typetested Safety Devices Series 3 Information Sheet 17 Safety Temperature Monitors (STM) with Safety Thermostat Type 203 K 151 Safety Temperature Limiters (STL) with Safety Thermostat Type 239 K 155 Typetested Safety Devices Type 1/..., Type /..., Type 8/..., Type 9/... Information Sheet 85 Safety Temperature Monitors (STM) with Safety Thermostat Type Safety Temperature Limiters (STL) with Safety Thermostat Type Further Devices Regulators including additional temperature regulation, such as differential pressure and temperature regulators or differential pressure, flow and temperature regulators: See Data Sheet T 3019 EN Volume 1 Combined self-operated regulators with additional electric actuator and additional temperature regulation: See Data Sheet T 3018 EN Volume 1 3

5 Contents Boiler Controllers Steam Traps Air Vents Strainers Boiler Controller, typetested Type 5 D Steam Trap Type 13 E Air Vent for steam-operated systems Type 3 Air Vent for water-operated systems, drains for air-operated systems Type Strainers with threaded end connections Type 1 N With standard strainer insert Type 1 NI With dual strainer insert Type 1 FN With standard strainer insert Version for district heating systems 167 Strainers with flange connections Type 2 N With standard strainer insert Type 2 NI With dual strainer insert 169 Application Notes Flanges Connecting dimensions according to DIN EN and DIN K V coefficient Valve sizing 173 Appendix SAMSON Product Range 175 SAMSON Subsidiaries, Agencies and Service Facilities Worldwide 177 Data Sheet Summary 181 Index 183 Specifications subject to change without notice. The information sheets and data sheets in this catalog may have been updated since the catalog went to print (August2012). The latest versions are available on our website.

6 Selection Guide for Temperature Regulators Information Sheet T EN

7 Self-operated Regulators Temperature Regulators Selection guide Part 1 Temperature regulators for... Processing plants The SAMSON range includes the following regulators Industrial energy transfer networks Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning District heating Instantaneous water heating Nominal size/thread size, max. Up to DN 250 Up to DN 50 Up to G 1 Up to DN 15 Free of non-ferrous metal as option Free of non-ferrous metal as option Free of non-ferrous metal as option Free of non-ferrous metal as option Heating Heating Heating Heating Temperature Regulator Type... Refer to the indicated data sheet for more details More details on DIN tested versions of a regulator group can be found in the associated data sheet. Type 3-1 (see T 2171 EN) Type 1 (see T 2111 EN) Type 3-2, flanged body (see T 2171 EN) Type 3-8/3-8 N (see T 2178 EN) Type 3-5 (see T 2172 EN) Type (see T 2121 EN) Type 3-2 N (see T 2186 EN) Type 1 Female threads (see T 2112 EN) Type 3-7 (see 2172 EN) 6 Information Sheet T EN

8 Selection guide Part 2 Safety engineering Up to DN 150 Up to DN 50 Up to DN 250 Up to DN 50/G 1 Up to DN 150 Free of non-ferrous metal as option Free of non-ferrous metal as option Free of non-ferrous metal as option Mixing/diverting Mixing/diverting Cooling Cooling Type 2212 STL (see T 206 EN) Type 9 (see T 2133 EN) Type 8 (see T 2131 EN) Type u (see T 2023 EN) Type 1u with female threads (see T 2113 EN) Type 239 K STL (See T 2185 EN) Type 3-3 (see T 2173 EN) Type 1u Flanged version (see T 2113 EN) Type 3-6 (see T 2172 EN) Type 2213 STM (see T 203 EN) Type 203 K STM (see T 2183 EN) Information Sheet T EN

9

10 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Type 1 to Type 9 PN 16 to 0 Class 125 to 300 DN 15 to 250 NPS ½ to 10 G ½ to 1 Up to 350 C Up to 660 F Information Sheet T 2010 EN

11 Self-operated temperature regulators Valves Control thermostats Safety thermostats Applications with Steam Water and other liquids Air and non-flammable gases Heating Cooling Mixing/diverting Globe valve Three-way valve Pressure-balanced ) Not balanced Connection Flanges Female thread Nominal size DN 15 to 50 G ½ to G 1 G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 PN 25 PN 25 PN 16 to 0 Perm. temperature max. 350 C 1) 220 C 150 C 150 C Body material Cast iron (EN-JL100/A126B) 2) Spher. graphite iron (EN-JS109) Cast steel (1.0619/A216 WCC) Stainl. steel (1.08/A351 CF8M) Red brass (CC91K/CC99K) Type 2231 and Type 2232 Type 2233 and Type 223 Type 2235 Adjustable set point 10 to +250 C Optionally available with double adapter Type STL - Type STM - for safety temperature limiter Adjustment range of limit value 10 to 95 C 20 to 120 C 30 to 170 C for safety temperature monitor Adjustment range of limit value 10 to 90 C 20 to 120 C Type 1 1 1u 1u For details, refer to Data Sheet T 2111 EN T 2112 EN 3) T 2113 EN T 2113 EN 1) Only with extension piece 2) DN 15 only 25: EN-JS109 only 3) ANSI version on request ) Pressure balancing in DN 32 to 50 Control thermostats Type 2231 Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C (15 to 300 F) Suitable for liquids and steam Suitable for installation in pipelines, tanks and other heating and cooling installations Type 2232 Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C (15 to 80 F) Application same as Type 2231 Type 2233 Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C (15 to 300 F) Suitable for liquids, air and gases Suitable for installation in air ducts, tanks, pipelines and other heating and cooling installations Regulation of liquids with short response times Type 223 Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C (15 to 80 F) Application same as Type 2233 Type 2235 Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C (15 to 80 F) Sensor tube to be installed on site for measuring different temperature layers Suitable for installation in air-heated storage rooms, drying, climatic and heating cabinets Suitable for air and gases Type 2231 Type 2233 Type 2233 with perforated cover Fig. 1 Control thermostats with set point adjustment at the sensor Type 2232 Type 223 Type 2235 Fig. 2 Control thermostats with separate set point adjustment 10 Information Sheet T 2010 EN

12 ANSI versions 1) DN 15 to 250 DN 15 to 250 DN 15 to 50 DN 15 to 150 NPS ½ to NPS ½ to 2 PN 16 to 0 PN 16 to 0 PN 16 PN 16 to 0 Class 125 to 300 Class 125 to C 220 C 150 C 350 C 1) 660 F 300 F 10 to +250 C 15 to +80 F 10 to 95 C 20 to 120 C 30 to 170 C 50 to 205 F 70 to 250 F 85 to 30 F 10 to 90 C 20 to 120 C 15 to 195 F 70 to 250 F u u T 2121 EN T 2123 EN 2) T 2131 EN T 2133 EN 2) T 2115 EN T 211 EN 1) DN 15 to 25: not balanced 2) ANSI version on request Typetested safety thermostats For the control, limitation, safety monitoring and safety limitation of energy supplied to heating generating systems and heat exchangers which must be equipped with typetested devices, the following typetested equipment is available: Temperature regulator (TR) Safety temperature monitors (STM) Safety temperature limiters (STB) and Combination with these devices Refer to Information Sheet T 200 EN as well as Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN for more details. Type 2212 (STL) Type 2213 (STM) Fig. 3 Safety thermostats Type 1/2212 Type /2212 Type 1/2213 or Type /2213 Information Sheet T 2010 EN

13 Self-operated temperature regulators ANSI versions Valves Control thermostats Safety thermostats Applications with Globe valve Steam Water and other liquids Air and non-flammable gases Heating Cooling Three-way valve Mixing/diverting Pressure-balanced Not balanced Connection Flanges Female thread Nominal size NPS ½ to 6 NPS ½ to 10 Nominal pressure Class 150 and 300 Class 125 to 300 Perm. temperature max. 660 F 660 F Body material Cast iron (EN-JL100/A126B) Spheroidal graphite iron (EN-JS109) Cast steel (1.0619/A216 WCC) Stainless steel (1.08/A351 CF8M) Red brass (CC91K/CC99K) Type 2231 and Type 2232 Type 2233 and Type 223 Type 2235 Adjustable set point 15 to 80 F Optionally available with double adapter Type STL - Type STM - for safety temperature limiter Adjustment range of limit value 105 to 205 F 160 to 250 F 210 to 30 F for safety temperature monitor Adjustment range of limit value 15 to 195 F 70 to 250 F Type 9 For details, refer to Data Sheet T 213 EN T 2025 EN Dynamic behavior of thermostats The regulator s dynamics basically depends on the response behavior and the characteristic time constant of the sensor used. Table 1 shows the time response of SAMSON control thermostats suitable for Type 1 to Type 9 Temperature Regulators working according to various operating principles measured with water. Table 1 Time response of SAMSON thermostats Operating principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in s Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible 12 Information Sheet T 2010 EN

14 Pressure-temperature diagrams The pressure values specified in the individual data sheets are maximum values that are further limited by the values of the associated pressure-temperature diagrams. The pressure-temperature diagrams for DIN materials were drawn up on the basis of DIN EN and the diagrams for ANSI materials were drawn up on the basis of ASME B16.1 and ASME B16.3. Pressure-temperature diagram according to DIN p 0 30 [bar] PN EN-JL , EN-JS109, CC91K/CC99K [ C] t Pressure-temperature diagram according to ANSI p [bar] [psi] Class 300 A 351 CF8M A 126 B A 216 WCC Class Class 150 Class t [ F] [ C] Fig. Pressure-temperature diagrams according to DIN and ANSI Conversion factors K VS and C V coefficients The valve flow coefficients can be determined accurately using IEC 6053, Part 2-1 and Part 2-2. In addition, the equations specified in the ISA-S standard and the VDI/VDE Guideline 2173 can be used for this purpose. Calculating the K V coefficient according to the methods provided by the VDI/VDE guideline is sufficiently accurate in most cases. The equations can be found in SAMSON s AB 0 EN Calculation Sheet. K VS = 0.86 C V K VS [m³/h] C V = 1.17 K VS C V [U.S. gallons/min] Pressure 1 pound/square inch [lbs/in² = psi] = bar 1 bar = 1.5 psi Area 1 square inch [sq.in; in²] = 6.52 cm² 1 cm² = in² Mass 1 pound [lb] = kg 1 kg = lb Mass flow 1 pound per second [lb/s] = kg/s 1 kg/s = lb/s Flow rate 1 U.S. gallon per min [US gal/min] = m³/h 1 m³/h =. US gal/min Temperature F = 9 5 C 32 C = 5 9 ( F 32) Information Sheet T 2010 EN

15 Principle of operation Self-operated temperature regulators are control devices which extract the energy required to position the valve from the temperature of the process medium. The temperature regulators shown in Figs. 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 operate according to the liquid expansion principle. They consist of a valve and a control thermostat. The control thermostat comprises a temperature sensor (11), set point adjuster (13), capillary tube (10) and a hydraulic actuator termed the operating element (7). The sensor is filled with an expansion liquid which acts via the positioning bellows (9) and the positioning pin (8) upon the valve plug (3) attached to the plug stem (6). The temperature-dependent change in volume of the liquid contained in the sensor and the displacement of the piston (12) located in the set point adjuster cause the bellows and the plug to move. The hydraulic actuator and the valve which does not contain a packing ensure high operating reliability of the regulators. Since the regulators operate on the liquid expansion principle, the temperature sensor and the control thermostat can be adapted to different operating conditions. Therefore, the easy-to-install versions shown in Figs. 5.1 and 5.2 are used in most cases. The version illustrated in Fig. 5.3 is used for temperatures exceeding 150 C (300 F) and in applications where separate installation of the sensor and the set point adjuster is appropriate. The selection of a Type 2231, 2232, 2333, 223 or 2235 Temperature Sensor depends on the medium, required time constant and installation situation. The regulators are proportional devices operated by the process medium. Each time the temperature measured deviates from the adjusted set point, the valve plug position changes. The accuracy and stability of the control process depend on the disturbances occurring in the controlled systems, such as changes in the upstream pressure and flow rate. The regulators are designed to keep the effect of these disturbances small: they can be equipped with a balancing bellows or a balancing plug to eliminate the disturbing forces that are produced by the differential pressure across the valve and act on the valve plug. In unbalanced versions (Fig. 5.1), the disturbing forces result from the cross-sectional seat area and the differential pressure across the seat orifice. The valves shown in Figs. 5.2 and 5.3 are equipped with a balancing bellows. The pressure upstream of the valve plug (p 1 ) acts through a bore in the plug stem on the outer bellows surface, whereas the pressure downstream of the valve plug (p 2 ) acts on the inner surface of the bellows. In this way, the forces acting on the valve plug are balanced. By using these fully balanced valves, self-operated regulators can be designed in nominal sizes up to DN 250 (valves up to NPS 10 on request) p1 Fig. 5.1 Temperature regulator with unbalanced valve and compact thermostat p1 Fig. 5.2 Temperature regulator with balanced valve and compact thermostat p1 p2 10 p2 p Legends for Figs. 5.1 to 5.3 Valve 1 Valve body 5 Balancing bellows 2 Seat 6 Plug stem 3 Plug 6.1 Plug stem with hole Bellows housing for pressure balancing Control thermostat 7 Operating element 11 Temperature sensor 8 Positioning pin 12 Piston 9 Positioning bellows 13 Set point adjustment 10 Capillary tube 1 Set point dial Fig. 5 Schematic diagrams of Type 1 to Type 9 Temperature Regulators 11 Fig. 5.3 Temperature regulator with balanced valve and a thermostat with separate set point adjustment 1 Information Sheet T 2010 EN

16 Type 1 to Type 9 Temperature Regulators The temperature regulators consist of a valve (globe or three-way valve) and a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 or 2235 Control Thermostat including temperature sensor, set point adjuster, capillary tube and operating element Special features Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Globe or three-way valve for liquids, gases and vapors, especially for the heat transfer media of water, oil and steam or for coolants, for example cooling water or brine Valve body material optionally available as cast iron, spheroidal graphite iron (DIN version only), cast steel, cast stainless steel or red brass DIN and ANSI versions available Regulators with globe valves Regulators for heating installations Type 1 Temperature Regulator Flange connections With unbalanced Type 2111 Single-seated Globe Valve Body made of either cast iron, spheroidal graphite iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel The valve closes as the temperature rises Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats Technical data Data Sheets T 2111 EN T 2115 EN Set points 10 to +250 C 15 to 80 F Nominal size DN 15 to 50 NPS ½ to 2 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Class 125 to 300 Temperatures Up to 350 C 1) Up to 660 F 1) EN-JL100/A126B: max. perm. temperature 300 C Type 1 Temperature Regulator Screwed ends With unbalanced Type 2111 Single-seated Globe Valve Red brass body The valve closes as the temperature rises Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats Type Temperature Regulator Flange connections With balanced Type 211 Single-seated Globe Valve Body made of either cast iron, spheroidal graphite iron (DIN version only), cast steel or cast stainless steel The valve closes as the temperature rises Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats Technical data Data Sheet T 2121 EN/T 2650 EN T 2025 EN Set points 10 to +250 C 15 to 80 F Nominal size DN 15 to 250 NPS ½ to 10 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Class 125 to 300 Temperatures Up to 350 C Up to 660 F Regulators with three-way valves for temperatures of max. 350 C when used in mixing or flow diverting services Regulators for heating or cooling installations Type 8 Temperature Regulator Flange connections With unbalanced Type 2118 Three-way Valve Cast iron body For mixing or diverting liquids Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats Technical data Data Sheet T 2131 EN Set points 10 to +250 C Nominal size DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 16 Temperature Up to 150 C Type 9 Temperature Regulator Flange connections With balanced Type 2119 Three-way Valve 1) Body made of either cast iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel For mixing or diverting liquids Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats Technical data Data Sheet T 2133 EN T 213 EN Set points 10 to +250 C 15 to 80 F Nominal size DN 15 to 150 NPS ½ to 6 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Class 150 and 300 Temperatures Up to 350 C Up to 660 F 1) DN 15 to 25: not balanced Technical data Data Sheet T 2112 EN Set points 10 to +250 C Nominal size G ½ to 1 Nominal pressure PN 25 Temperatures Gases Up to 80 C Liquids, vapors Up to 220 C Type 1 Flanged body version Body EN-JL100/A126B Type 2231 Control Thermostat Fig. 6 Various temperature regulator versions Type 1 Version with screwed ends Red brass body Type 2231 Control Thermostat Type 8 Three-way valve Type 2231 Control Thermostat Type Globe valve Type 2231 Control Thermostat Information Sheet T 2010 EN

17 Regulators for cooling installations Type u Flange connections Same as Type, but equipped with a reversing device The valve opens as the temperature rises Technical data See Type Data Sheets T 2123 EN/T 2650 EN Thermowells and fastening elements For Type 2231 and Type 2232 Control Thermostats and Type 2212 and Type 2213 Safety Thermostats, thermowells with threaded connections or flanges are available. For Type 2233 and Type 223 Control Thermostats, flanges, clamps and perforated covers are available for wall mounting. Type 1u Temperature Regulator Screwed ends/flange connections With unbalanced Type 2121 Single-seated Globe Valve DIN version: body made of either red brass or spheroidal graphite iron, ANSI version: body made of either cast steel or cast iron The valve opens as the temperature rises Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostats Technical data Data Sheets T 2113 EN T 211 EN Set points 10 to +250 C 15 to 80 F Screwed ends Female thread G ½ to G 1 Flange connections Nominal size DN 15 to 50 NPS ½ to 2 Nominal pressure PN 25 Class 125, 150 and 300 Temperatures Gases Up to 80 C Up to 175 F Liquids Up to 150 C Up to 300 F Thermowell G 1 Thermowell with flange Flange Fig. 7 Thermowells and fastening elements Perforated cover Accessories If the operating conditions affect the reliability of the operating element, an extension piece and/or separating piece can be mounted between the valve and the operating element. The extension piece is needed for valves in nominal sizes DN 15 to 100 (NPS ½ to ) when temperatures above 220 C (30 F) occur. Combined devices Type 1, Type, Type 8 and Type 9 Regulators allow a manual adjuster or a double adapter to be installed between the thermostat and the valve. The double adapter allows a second thermostat to be attached to the valve. For details, see Data Sheet T 2036 EN. Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperature monitors (STM), safety temperature limiters (STL) and combinations of these devices (e.g. TR+STM) for sizes DN 15 to 150 (NPS ½ to 6) and limit signals up to max. 170 C (30 F) are used as safety equipment in heat generating systems. All versions can be used with a three-way valve in place of the globe valve. For details, refer to Information Sheet T 200 EN and the Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN. Extension piece Fig. 8 Accessories Separating piece Double adapter The separating piece in the stainless steel version isolates the non-ferrous metal parts of the operating element from the medium flowing through the valve. In addition, it prevents medium leakage while the thermostat is being replaced. The double adapters are especially suited for the attachment of a second control thermostat to the regulator. For details, see Data Sheet T 2036 EN. Type 1u Flanged body version with Type 2231 Control Thermostat Type u Globe valve with Type 2231 Control Thermostat Type /2231/2212/201 Temperature regulator, safety temperature limiter and pressure limiter (TR/STL/PL) Fig. 9 Type 1u and Type u Temperature Regulators as well as combined devices 16 Information Sheet T 2010 EN

18 Typical applications T1 T2 9 T3 t1 9 1/8 t1 2 Heating or cooling energy Heating energy tm t1 9 3 t2 t2 t2 T T5 T6 t t1 t3 t1 t3 t2 10 t2 10 t2 T7 T8 T9 W 9 3 t3 t1 9 5 t1 t3 t1 t2 t2 t2 6 9 t3 T10 T11 T12 From heat generator 9 1 t1 t1 t1 9 2 tm From heat generator t2 t2 t2 Fig. 10 Typical applications Temperature control for different services T1 T2 T3 T Heating or cooling with a globe valve Heating with a three-way valve (mixing valve) Control of a water-heated air duct Control of a steam-heated drying cabinet, drying room or storage room Temperature control for boilers, heat generators and heat transfer devices T5 T6 T7 T8 Control of a water-heated boiler Control of a steam-heated boiler Control at a heat generator or heat exchanger Temperature control safeguarded by a safety temperature monitor on a heat generator or water-heated heat exchanger Temperature control in district heat supply systems and cooling systems T9 Return flow temperature limitation T10 Return flow temperature increase in a boiler system T11 Temperature control of a condenser T12 Control of the coolant circuit in motors and compressors Legend for the examples of application 1 Types 1, 1u,, u 2 Types 8, 9 3 Types 1, with Type 2233 or Type 223 Thermostat Types 1, with Type 2235 Thermostat 5 Types 1, with Type 2231 Thermostat and Type 2212 Safety Thermostat 6 Types 1, 8 Types 1u, u 9 SAMSON strainer 10 SAMSON steam trap For other examples of application of typetested devices, refer to Information Sheet T 200 EN Information Sheet T 2010 EN

19

20 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type 1 with unbalanced single-seated globe valve Flanges Application Temperature regulators for heating installations with control thermostats for set points from 10 to +250 C Nominal sizes DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Suitable for temperatures up to 350 C The valve closes as the temperature rises. Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperature limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. The regulators consist of an unbalanced valve and a control thermostat, consisting of a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and convenient set point adjustment indicated on a dial Unbalanced single-seated globe valves for use in applications with liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heat transfer fluids such as water, oil or steam Valve body optionally made of cast iron, spheroidal graphite iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel Versions with double adapter available for attachment of a temperature limiter or a second control thermostat. See Data Sheet T 2036 EN for details. Valve DN 25 Body EN-JS109 Type 2231 Control Thermostat Valve DN 50 Body or 1.08 Type 2231 Control Thermostat Versions Type 1 Temperature Regulators Nominal sizes DN 15 to 25 PN 25 to 0 DN 32 to 50 PN 16 to 0 Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats For details on the application of the control thermostats, refer to Information Sheet T 2010 EN. Type 2111/2231 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set points from 10 to +150 C Set point adjustment at the sensor Type 2111/2232 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Set points from 10 to +250 C Separate set point adjustment Type 2111/2233 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set points from 10 to +150 C Set point adjustment at the sensor Type 2111/223 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set points from 10 to +250 C Separate set point adjustment Type 2111/2235 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2235 Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms, drying, climatic and heating cabinets Set points from 10 to +250 C Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site Versions with screwed ends G ½ to G1 female thread can be found in Data Sheet T 2112 EN Valve DN 50 Body or 1.08 Type 2232 Control Thermostat Separate set point adjustment Fig. 1 Type 1 Temperature Regulator with single-seated globe valve and control thermostat Special version 5 m, 10 m or 15 m capillary tube Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Valve free of non-ferrous metal Valve in corrosion-resistant version ANSI version (see Data Sheet T 2115 EN) Data Sheet T 2111 EN

21 Principle of operation (see Fig. 2) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operating element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The liquid changes its volume depending on the temperature, causing the operating element (7) and the plug stem (5) with the plug (3) of the valve to move. The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the plug (3) and seat (2). The temperature set point can be adjusted with a key (9) to a value that can be read off the dial (10). 1 2 Type 2111 Valve Body of or 1.08 Type 2231 Control Thermostat Valve 1 Valve body 2 Valve seat (exchangeable) 3 Valve plug Lower part (only for and 1.08) 5 Plug stem with spring Control thermostat 6 Connection for operating element (coupling nut) 7 Operating element with bellows 8 Capillary tube 9 Key for set point adjustment 10 Set point dial 11 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Installation Valve Install the valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flow must correspond with the arrow on the body. The connecting element must be vertically suspended. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to considerable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Nevertheless, its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together. For example, thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Fig. 2 Type 1 Temperature Regulator with single-seated globe valve, DN 50, body of or 1.08, and Type 2231 Control Thermostat 20 Data Sheet T 2111 EN

22 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) The specified permissible pressures and differential pressures are limited by the specifications in the pressure-temperature diagram and the pressure ratings (acc. to DIN EN ). Type 2111 Valve Nominal pressure PN 16 to PN 0 K VS, leakage rate and max. permissible differential pressures p in bar Standard version DN K VS coefficient Differential pressure p max 25 1) 16 1) ) Leakage rate acc. to IEC Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 2111 Valve Nominal size DN 32 to 50 DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 25 PN 0 Body Cast iron EN-JL 100 Spheroidal graphite iron EN-JS 109 Cast steel Cast stainless steel 1.08 Seat and plug / Plug stem/spring 1.301/1.310 Lower part ) Body gasket Extension piece/ separating piece Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and 2235 Thermostats Operating element Type 2231/2232 Sensor Type 2233/223 Graphite on metal core Brass (special version: stainless steel 1.301) Standard version Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated brass Special version Stainless steel Type 2235 Copper Capillary tube Nickel-plated copper Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Thermowell with threaded connection G 1 Immersion tube Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Stainless steel Threaded nipple Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Stainless steel with flange Immersion tube Steel Stainless steel Flange Steel Stainless steel ) EN-JL 100 and EN-JS 109 with brass bushing 0.05 % of K VS coefficient Special version DN K VS coefficient ) ) 8 16 Diff. pressure p max Permissible valve temperature Max. 350 C See pressure-temperature diagram (T 2010 EN) Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 Set point range (set point span 100 K) Permissible ambient temperature at the set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at the sensor Permissible pressure at the sensor Type 2231/ to +90 C, 20 to 120 C, or 50 to 150 C For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 100 to 200 C, 150 to 250 C 0 to +80 C 100 K above the adjusted set point Without thermowell: PN 0 With thermowell: PN 0/PN 100 With thermowell with flange: PN 0/PN 100 Type 2233/223 Without thermowell: PN 0 With flange PN 6/PN 0 Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m) 1) For EN-JS109: p max = 1 bar 2) In conjunction with Type 2212 STM: bar Data Sheet T 2111 EN

23 Flow rate diagram for water Q [ m 3 ] h K vs Also available: Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL). For details refer to Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN. Typetested safety equipment The register no. is available on request. Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 or 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2111 Valve in nominal sizes DN 15 to 50. Sensor without thermowell: up to 0 bar Sensor with thermowell: only in SAMSON version G 1, bronze and up to 0 bar DVGW-typetested thermowells for flammable gases, threaded connection G 1, PN 100 For further details on typetested devices see Data Sheet T 200 EN p [bar] Accessories Thermowells with threaded connection or flange for bulb sensors (Type 2231 or Type 2232) Threaded connection G 1, PN 0, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel Flange DN 32, PN 0, with immersion tube made of stainless steel or steel Immersion tube made of PTFE, PN 6 (flange PN 0) Thermowell for flammable gases typetested by DVGW (German Technical and Scientific Association on Gas and Water), threaded connection G 1, PN 100 Mounting parts for Type 2233 and Type 223 Brackets for wall mounting Cover for thermostat To protect the operating element from inadmissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece must be installed between the valve and the operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 C. The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece. An extension piece is required for temperatures over 150 C when valves with cast iron or spheroidal graphite iron bodies are used together with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. 0.1 Valve sizing for other media according to IEC with the terms: F L = 0.95 and x T = Fig. 3 Flow rate diagram for water Dynamic behavior of the thermostats The dynamics of the regulator are mainly determined by the response of the sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table 3 lists the response times of SAMSON sensors operating on different principles when tested in water. Table 3 Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible 22 Data Sheet T 2111 EN

24 Table Dimensions in mm and weights Type 2111 Valve DN Length L Body material of cast iron (EN-JS 100) and spheroidal graphite iron (EN-JL 109) H H Weight (body PN 16) Approx. kg 10 1) Body material of cast steel (1.0619) and stainless steel (1.08) H1 H Without extension piece 225 With extension piece 365 Without extension piece 515 With extension piece 655 Weight Approx. kg ) ) ) Thermostat Type Immersion depth T 290 2) 235 2) Weight Approx. kg ) Body PN 16; +15 % for PN 25/PN 0 2) Larger immersion depths available on request Dimensions in mm Valves and control thermostats Type 2111with flanges Type 2231/2233 L L Type 2232/223 Type 2235 H1 H G1 H1 H G1 310 T Ø25 G1 10 T G1 10 T G Ø25 Body material (material no. acc. to DIN EN) EN-JS 109, EN-JL 100, , 1.08 with separate set point adjustment Fig. Dimensions of valves and control thermostats Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 1 DN, PN Body material With Control Thermostat Type..., set point range... C Capillary tube m Special version, if required Accessories Conversion of valve sizing coefficients C V (in US gallons/min) = 1.17 K VS (in m³/h) K VS (in m³/h) = 0.86 C V (in US gallons/min) Data Sheet T 2111 EN

25 Accessories Thermowells for Types 2231/2232 Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Immers. depth T2 in mm Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting Extension piece/ separating piece G1(G1¼) Ø10(Ø170) Ø100(Ø125) G1¼ 18(26) T2 Ø28(Ø30) Threaded connection G 1/PN 0 or PN 100 PN 100 (dimensions in parentheses) xø18(ø22) Thermowells for flammable gases (PN 100/PN 63) Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 mm Length L2 mm T2 Ø28(Ø30) Flanged connection DN 32/PN 0 DN 0/PN 100 (dimensions in parentheses) Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 10 mm, approx. 0.5 kg Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 180 mm, approx. 0.6 kg Separating piece: with seals approx. L = 55 mm, approx. 0.2 kg 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L SW6 G1¼ Flange for Type 2233 and Type 223 G1 Ø11(Ø18) G1¼ 10(18) L2 L1 Ø110(Ø100) Ø10 Ø29.5 Thermowell for flammable gases G 1/PN 100 Flange PN 6, 10 outside Ø Flange PN 0/DN 32 (dimensions in parentheses) Fig. 5 Dimensions of accessories 2 Data Sheet T 2111 EN

26 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type 1 with unbalanced single-seated globe valve Flanges ANSI version Application Temperature regulator for heating installations with control thermostats for set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Valve sizes NPS ½ to 2 Pressure rating Class 125 to 300 Suitable for temperatures up to 660 F (350 C) The valve closes as the temperature rises. Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperature limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters The regulators consist of a balanced globe valve and a control thermostat comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point indicated on a dial Unbalanced single-seated globe valves for use in applications with liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heat transfer fluids such as water, oil or steam Valve body optionally made of cast iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel Versions with double adapter or manual override for attachment of a second control thermostat. For details, refer to Data Sheet T 2036 EN. Temperature regulator with Type 2231 Control Thermostat Temperature regulator with Type 2233 Control Thermostat Versions Type 1 Temperature Regulators Valve size NPS ½ to 2 Class 125 to 300 Face-to-face dimensions according to ANSI B16.10 Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats (see Fig. 1) For details on the application of the control thermostats, refer to Information Sheet T 2010 EN. Type 2111/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 15 to 300 F ( 10 to +150 C) Type 2111/2232 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Separate set point adjustment Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Type 2111/2233 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set points from 15 to 300 F ( 10 to +150 C), set point adjustment at the sensor Type 2111/223 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Type 2111/2235 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2235 Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying, climatic, and heating cabinets Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Temperature regulator with Type 2232 Control Thermostat Separate set point adjustment Fig. 1 Type 1 Temperature Regulator with single-seated globe valve and control thermostat Special version Capillary tube of either 16, 33 or 50 ft (5 m, 10 m or 15 m) Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Valve free of non-ferrous metal Valve made completely of stainless steel Data Sheet T 2115 EN

27 Principle of operation (Fig. 2) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operating element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The temperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the bellows in the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3). The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the seat (2) and plug. The set point is adjustable with a key (9); the adjusted value can be read off the dial (10) Type 2111 Valve Type 2231 Control Thermostat Valve 1 Valve body 2 Valve seat (exchangeable) 3 Valve plug Lower part 5 Plug stem with spring 6 Connection for operating element (coupling nut) Control thermostat 7 Operating element with bellows 8 Capillary tube 9 Key for set point adjustment 10 Set point dial 11 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Fig. 2 Type 1 Temperature Regulator with single-seated globe valve, NPS 2, and Type 2231 Control Thermostat Installation Valve Install the valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flow must correspond with the arrow on the body. The connecting element must be vertically suspended. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to considerable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 2 (50 mm). Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Nevertheless, its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together. For example, thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. 26 Data Sheet T 2115 EN

28 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar and psi (gauge) Type 2111 Valve Pressure rating Class 125 to 300 C V (K VS) coefficients, leakage rate and max. permissible differential pressures p in psi (bar) Standard version NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1 ½ NPS 2 Flow coefficients Max. permissible differential pressure p Leakage rate acc. to ANSI/FCI 70-2 C V K VS psi bar % of C V (K VS) coefficient Special version NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1 ½ NPS 2 Flow coefficients Max. permissible differential pressure p Permissible valve temperature C V K VS psi bar Max. 660 F (350 C) See pressure-temperature diagram (T 2010 EN) Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostats Size 150 Set point range (set point span 100 K) Permissible ambient temperature at the set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at the sensor Permissible pressure at the sensor F C Type 2231/ to +195 F, 70 to 250 F or 120 to 300 F For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 210 to 390 F, 300 to 80 F 10 to +90 C, 20 to 120 C, or 50 to 150 C For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 100 to 200 C, 150 to 250 C 0 to +175 F ( 0 to +80 C) 100 K above the adjusted set point Without thermowell: Class 300 With thermowell: Class 300/600 With thermowell with flange: Class 300/600 Type 2233/223 Without thermowell: Class 100 With flange: Class 50/100 Length of the capillary tube 10 ft (special version:16, 33, 50 ft) 3 m (special version: 5, 10, 15 m) Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to ASTM and DIN EN Type 2111 Valve Valve size NPS 1, 1½ and 2 NPS ½ to 2 Pressure rating Class 125 Class 150 and 300 Class 150 and 300 Body Cast iron A126 Class B Cast steel A216 WCC Cast stainless steel A351 CF8M Seat and plug / Plug stem/spring 1.301/1.310 Lower part Body gasket Graphite on metal core Extension piece/ separating piece Brass (special version: stainless steel 1.301) Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and 2235 Control Thermostats Operating element Sensor Capillary tube Thermowell Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Threaded connection 1 NPT Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flanged connection Immersion tube Flange Standard version Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated brass Special version Stainless steel Type 2235 Copper Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Steel Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Data Sheet T 2115 EN

29 Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 150, made of bronze/steel or CrNiMo steel NPS 1½ flanged connection, Class 150, with immersion tube made of CrNiMo steel/steel Thermowells typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 600 Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element from inadmissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece must be installed between the valve and the operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 30 F (220 C). The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece. An extension piece is required for temperatures over 300 F (150 C) when valves with cast iron or spheroidal graphite iron bodies are used together with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Dynamic behavior of the thermostat The dynamics of the regulator mainly depends on the dynamic behavior of the associated sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table 3 lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostats operating according to different functional principles when measuring in water. Table 3 Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible Additionally, the following versions are available: Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL). For details, refer to Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN. Typetested safety devices The register number is available on request. The following versions are available: Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 or Type 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2111 Three-way Valve in sizes NPS ½ to 2. Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 600 psi (0 bar) Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON 1 NPT version made of bronze and stainless steel up to Class 300. Thermowells typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 600. Further details on the selection and application of typetested equipment can be found in Information Sheet T 200 EN. 28 Data Sheet T 2115 EN

30 Table Dimensions and weights Type 2111 Valve NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1½ NPS 2 Length L H1 H Without extension piece With extension piece Without extension piece With extension piece Class /18 mm 8.75 /222 mm 10 /25 mm Class /18 mm 7.25 /18 mm 7.25 /18 mm 8.75 /222 mm 10 /25 mm Class /191 mm 7.62 /19 mm 7.75 /197 mm 9.25 /235 mm 10.5 /267 mm 8.9 /225 mm 1. /365 mm 20.3 /515 mm 25.8 /655 mm Weight, approx. lb (based on Class 125) 1) kg ) ) Thermostat Type Immersion depth T Weight, approx. 1) Body Class 150/300: +15 % 2) Larger immersion depths available on request inch 11. 2) ) mm 290 2) 235 2) lb kg Dimensions in mm Valves and control thermostats Type 2111with flanges Type 2231/2233 Type 2232/223 Type 2235 L G1 H1 H 1NPT 12.2" (310) Ø1" (Ø25) G1 16.2" (10) T G1 16.2" (10) T T 1NPT 11." (290) 11." (290) Ø1"(Ø25) with separate set point adjustment Fig. 3 Dimensions of valves and control thermostats Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 1/... NPS, Class Body material With Control Thermostat Type..., set point range... F ( C) Capillary tube ft (m) Special version, if required Accessories Data Sheet T 2115 EN

31 Accessories Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Control Thermostat Type Immersion depth T2 321 mm 26 mm Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting 1.8" (5) SW 1.8" (SW6) 1 NPT T2 Ø5" (127) Ø3.8" (98.) G1¼ 0.69" (17.5) Ø0.3" (Ø6.5) 0.3" (8) 1." (35) 1.2" (30) 2." (60) 19.7" (500) (Ø28) Ø1.1" x 0.36" ( x Ø15.9) T2 1.1" (Ø28) Thermowell with threaded connection 1 NPT/Class 150 with flanged connection NPS 1 ½/Class " (69) Thermowells for flammable gases, 1 NPT/Class 600 Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 Length L2 inch mm inch mm SW1.8" (SW6) G1¼ 1 NPT SW 1. (SW 36) Extension piece/separating piece Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 5.5 (10 mm), approx. 1.1 lb (0.5 kg) Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 7.1 (180 mm), approx. 1.3 lb (0.6 kg) Separating piece: with seals L = approx. 2.1 (55 mm), approx. 0. lb (0.2 kg) 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L L2 L1 Ø1.2" (Ø30) Thermowell for flammable gases 1 NPT/Class 600 Fig. Dimensions of accessories 30 Data Sheet T 2115 EN

32 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type 1 with unbalanced single-seated globe valve Female thread connection 1) Application Temperature regulators for heating installations Control thermostats for set points from 10 to 250 C G ½ to G 1 Nominal pressure PN 25 Suitable for gases up to 80 C as well as liquids and steam up to 220 C The valve closes as the temperature rises Conversion of valve sizing coefficients C V (in US gallons/min) = 1.17 K VS (in m³/h) K VS (in m³/h) = 0.86 C V (in US gallons/min) The regulators consist of an unbalanced globe valve and a control thermostat, comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and convenient set point adjustment indicated on a dial Unbalanced single-seated globe valves suitable for applications with liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heat transfer fluids such as water and steam Versions with double adapter available to attach a temperature limiter or a second control thermostat to the regulator. For details, see Data Sheet T 2036 EN. Versions Type 1 Temperature Regulators Type 2111 Valve with G ½ to G 1 female thread Type 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats For details on the application of the control thermostats, refer to Information Sheet T 2010 EN. Type 2111/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2111/2232 (Fig. 2) With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Type 2111/2233 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2111/223 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, steam, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Type 2111/2235 With Type 2111 Valve and Type 2235 Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying, climatic and heating cabinets Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site Set points from 10 to +250 C Fig. 1 Type 1 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Control Thermostat 1) Refer to Data Sheet T 2111 EN for valve versions with flanges DN 15 to 50 Fig. 2 Type 1 Temperature Regulator with Type 2232 Control Thermostat Data Sheet T 2112 EN

33 Special version Capillary tube 5 m, 10 m, 15 m Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Set point ranges of 100 to 200 C/150 to 250 C only for Types 2232, 223 and 2235 ANSI version Principle of operation (see Fig. 3) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (13), capillary tube (10), and operating element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The liquid changes its volume depending on the temperature, causing the operating element (7) and thus the plug stem (5) with the plug (3) of the valve to move. The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the plug (3) and seat (2). The temperature set point can be adjusted with a key (11) to a value that can be read off the dial (12). 1 1 Valve 1 Valve body 2 Valve seat 3 Valve plug 5 Plug stem 5.1 Spring 6 Threaded nipple Control thermostat 7 Operating element 10 Capillary tube 11 Key for set point adjustment 12 Set point dial 13 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Fig. 3 Type 1 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Control Thermostat Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 2111 Valve Female thread Nominal pressure PN 25 Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 K VS coefficient Standard version Special version Leakage rate acc. to IEC % of K VS coefficient Perm. differential pressure p max. bar 1 bar Permissible valve temperature Steam 220 C Liquids 220 C Gases 80 C Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 Set point ranges (set point span 100 K) Type 2231, to 90 C, 20 to 120 C or 50 to 150 C Type 2232, 223, to 90 C, 20 to 120 C, 50 to 150 C, 100 to 200 C or 150 to 250 C Permissible temperature at set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at sensor 0 to 80 C 100 K above adjusted set point Permissible pressure at sensor Type 2231, 2232 Without thermowell: PN 0 With thermowell: PN 0/PN 100 With thermowell and flange: PN 0/PN 100 Type 2233, 223 Without thermowell: PN 0 With flange: PN 6/PN 0 Length of capillary tube 3 m (special version 5, 10 or 15 m) 32 Data Sheet T 2112 EN

34 Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 2111 Valve Nominal pressure PN 25 Body CC91K/CC99K (red brass, Rg 5) Seat Stainless steel 1.10 Plug Threaded nipple Separating piece Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats Operating element Sensor Capillary tube Thermowell Standard version Brass Brass Nickel-plated brass Special version Type 2231 Type 2232 Nickel-plated bronze Stainless steel Type 2233 Type 223 Nickel-plated copper Type 2235 Copper Threaded connection G 1 Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flange connection Immersion tube Flange Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Plastic-coated copper or Stainless steel Stainless steel Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors G 1 threaded connection, PN 0, of bronze/steel/crnimo steel Flanged connection DN 32, PN 0, with CrNiMo steel/steel immersion tube Steel immersion tube with PVC/PPH coating, DN 32, PN 0 PTFE immersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 0) Thermowells typetested by DVGW (German gas & water association) for flammable gases, G 1 threaded connection, PN 100 Mounting parts for Type 2233 and Type 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 C. The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal for valves in DN 15 to 100. It additionally acts as a separating piece. In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece is required for temperatures over 150 C. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Accessories Thermowells for Type 2231 and Type 2232 Thermowells with threaded and flanged connections Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Immers. depth T2 in mm Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting Extension piece/ separating piece G1 G1(G1¼) G 1 Ø10(Ø170) Ø100(Ø125) G1¼ 18(26) 8 SW36 1) L T2 Ø28(Ø30) Threaded connection G 1/PN 0 and PN 100 (dimensions for PN 100 in parentheses) xø18(ø22) Thermowells for flammable gases (PN 100) SW6 G1¼ T2 Ø28(Ø30) Flanged connection DN 32/PN 0 DN 0/PN 100 (dimensions in parentheses) Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 10 mm, approx. 0.5 kg Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 180 mm, approx. 0.6 kg G1 Separating piece: with seals approx. L = 55 mm, approx. 0.2 kg 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L L2 L1 G1 Ø29.5 Length L1 mm Length L2 mm Thermowells for flammable gases G1/PN 100 Flange for Type 2233 and Type 223 Flange PN 6, 10 outside Ø Flange PN 0/ DN 32 Fig. Accessories, dimensions Data Sheet T 2112 EN

35 Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights Dimensions Type 2111 Valve Female thread Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 H 372 H1 82 Length L Weight, approx. kg Control thermostat Type Immersion depth T 290 1) 235 1) Weight, approx. kg H1 L 30 H 310 1) Greater immersion depths available on request Flow diagram for water m³ Q [ h ] K VS T Type 1 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231/2233 Control Thermostat Ø p G [bar] Fig. 5 Flow diagram for water T G Installation Valve Install the valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flow must correspond with the arrow on the body. The connecting element must be vertically suspended. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to considerable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range (approx. ambient temperature: 20 C) is not exceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Nevertheless, its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together; thermowells made of stainless steel 1.571, for example, can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 1 Body material, female thread G With Control Thermostat Type..., set point range... C Capillary tube m, Special version or accessories, if required Type 2232/223 Control Thermostat G1 T Type 2235 Control Thermostat Fig. 6 Dimensions Data Sheet T 2112 EN

36 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type 1u Application Temperature regulators for cooling installations Control thermostats for set points 1) from 10 to 250 C G ½ to G 1 or DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 25 Suitable for liquids up to 150 C and non-flammable gases up to 80 C The valve opens as the temperature rises. Conversion of valve sizing coefficients C V (in US gallons/min) = 1.17 K VS (in m³/h) K VS (in m³/h) = 0.86 C V (in US gallons/min) The regulators consist of a globe valve with female thread (G ½ to G 1) or flanged body (DN 15 to 50) and a control thermostat, comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and convenient set point adjustment indicated on a dial Globe valves with plug balanced by a bellows (DN 32 to 50) Suitable for liquids, particularly for cooling media, e.g. cooling water and brine Versions Type 1u Temperature Regulators Type 2121 Valve with G ½ to G 1 female thread, PN 25, unbalanced or Type 2121 Valve with flange DN 15 to 50, PN 25, balanced DN 32 to 50 Type 2231 to 223 Control Thermostat For details on the application of the control thermostats, refer to Information Sheet T 2010 EN. Type 2121/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 2121 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2121/2232 (Fig. 2) With Type 2121 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Type 2121/2233 With Type 2121 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2121/223 With Type 2121 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, steam, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Special version Capillary tube 5 m, 10 m, 15 m Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper 1) Special version for set points from 0 to +60 C Fig. 1 Type 1u Temperature Regulator (valve with female thread) with Type 2231 Control Thermostat Fig. 2 Type 1u Temperature Regulator (valve with flanged body) with Type 2231 Control Thermostat Version with minimum flow rate Plug with PTFE sealing ring Valve free of non-ferrous metal Version for oil at max. permissible temperature of 220 C ANSI version on request (see Data Sheet T 211 EN) Data Sheet T 2113 EN

37 Principle of operation (see Fig. 3) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (13), capillary tube (10), and operating element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The liquid changes its volume depending on the temperature, causing the operating element (7) and thus the plug stem (5) with the plug (3) of the valve to move. The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the plug (3) and seat (2). The temperature set point can be adjusted with a key (11) to a value that can be read off the dial (12) F C Valve 1 Valve body 2 Valve seat (replaceable) 3 Valve plug 5 Plug stem 5.1 Spring 5.2 Balancing bellows 6 Threaded nipple with coupling nut Control thermostat 7 Operating element 10 Capillary tube connection to the sensor 11 Key for set point adjustment 12 Set point dial 13 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Type 1u Temperature Regulator, flanged body version 7 Type 1u Temperature Regulator, version with female thread Fig. 3 Type 1u Temperature Regulators, versions with flanged body and female thread Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 2121 Valve Female thread Flanged body Nominal pressure PN 25 Connection G ½ G ¾ G 1 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 K VS coefficient 1) 3.6 3) ) ) ) Perm. differential pressure p max. bar Leakage rate acc. to IEC % of K VS coefficient Permissible valve temperature Liquids 150 C Non-flammable gases 80 C Types 2231 to 223 Thermostats Size 150 Set point ranges (set point span 100 K) Type 2231/ to 90 C, 20 to 120 C or 50 to 150 C Type 2232/223 Permissible temperature at set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at sensor Permissible pressure at sensor Type 2231/ to 60 C (special version) 2), 10 to 90 C, 20 to 120 C, 50 to 150 C Types 2232, 223, 2235 also with 100 to 200 C or 150 to 250 C 0 to 80 C 100 K above adjusted set point Without thermowell: PN 0 With thermowell: PN 0/PN 100 With thermowell with flange: PN 0/PN 100 Type 2232/223 Without thermowell: PN 0 With flange PN 6/PN 0 Length of capillary tube 3 m (special version 5, 10 or 15 m) 1) Special version with minimum flow rate available on request 2) Type 2231 and Type 2232 only 3) Reduced K VS 0., 1 and 2.5 on request ) K VS 16, 20 and 32 with valve balanced by a bellows 36 Data Sheet T 2113 EN

38 Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 2121 Valve Threaded connection Flanged body version Connection G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to DN 50 Body CC91K/CC99K (red brass, Rg 5) EN-JS109 Seat Stainless steel 1.10 Stainless steel Plug and brass with EPDM soft sealing CW602N (CuZn36Pb2As) with EPDM soft sealing 1) Spring Stainless steel 1.310K Body gasket Graphite on metal core Separating piece Brass (special version of stainless steel 1.305) Threaded and guide nipples, plugs, and sleeves 1) Special version: steel with EPDM or FPM soft sealing, or with metal sealing CW602N (CuZn36Pb2As) Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 Control Thermostats Standard version Special version Operating element Nickel-plated brass Sensor Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Stainless steel Type 2235 Copper Capillary tube Nickel-plated copper Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Thermowell Threaded connection G1 Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flange connection Immersion tube Flange Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Installation Valve Install the valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flow must correspond with the arrow on the body. The connecting element must be vertically suspended. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Nevertheless, its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together; thermowells made of stainless steel 1.571, for example, can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to considerable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range (approx. ambient temperature: 20 C) is not exceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. Flow rate diagram for water Valve sizing for other media according to IEC 6053, with the terms: F L = 0.95 and x T = The values apply to a fully opened valve. Q m³ h p [bar] K vs Fig. Flow rate diagram for water Data Sheet T 2113 EN

39 Accessories Thermowells for Types 2231/2232 Mounting parts for Types 2233/223 Thermowells with threaded and flanged connections Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting Immers. depth T2 in mm Ø10 Ø100 G1¼ 18 x Ø18 T2 Threaded connection G 1/PN 0 Ø28 Flanged connection DN 32/PN 0 Thermowells for flammable gases (PN 100/PN 63) Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 mm Length L2 mm Flange SW6 G1¼ G1 Flange DN 32/PN 0 Extension piece/separating piece L2 L1 Fig. 5 Accessories, dimensions Ø29.5 Thermowell for flammable gases G 1/PN 100 Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 10 mm, approx. 0.5 kg Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 180 mm, approx. 0.6 kg Separating piece: with seals approx. L = 55 mm, approx. 0.2 kg 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors G 1 threaded connection, PN 0, made of bronze/steel/crnimo steel Flanged connection DN 32, PN 0, with CrNiMo steel/steel immersion tube PTFE immersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 0) Thermowells typetested by DVGW (German gas & water assoc.) for flammable gases, G 1 threaded connection, PN 100 Mounting parts for Type 2233 and Type 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element against impermissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece is mounted between the valve and operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 C. The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece. In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece is required for temperatures over 150 C. 38 Data Sheet T 2113 EN

40 Dimensions L H2 H1 310 G1 H Type 2121 Type 2231/2233 with female thread Control Thermostat Ø25 G1 T G1 290 G1 T Type 2121with Type 2231/2233 flanged body Control Thermostat 10 Type 2232/223 Control Thermostat with separate set point adjustment Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights in kg Type 2121 Valve Female thread Flanged body Connection G ½ G ¾ G 1 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 Length L mm Height H mm Height H1 mm Height H2 mm Weight, approx. kg Control thermostat Immersion depth T mm 290 1) 235 1) Weight, approx. kg ) Larger immersion depths available on request Fig. 6 Dimensions Data Sheet T 2113 EN

41 A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Manual adjuster Ma with travel indicator MaS with electric signal transmitter Dynamic behavior of the thermostats The dynamics of the regulator are mainly determined by the response of the sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table 3 lists the response times of SAMSON sensors operating on different principles when tested in water. Table 3 Dynamic response of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 1u DN / G..., PN 25 With flanged body/female thread Body material With Control Thermostat Type..., set point range... C Capillary tube m, Special version or accessories, if required 0 Data Sheet T 2113 EN

42 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Type 1u Temperature Regulator ANSI version Application Temperature regulators for cooling installations Control thermostats for set points 1) from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to 250 C) Valves in NPS ½ to 2 Pressure ratings Class 125 to 300 Suitable for liquids up to 300 F (150 C) and gases up to 175 F (80 C) The valve opens when the temperature rises. The regulators consist of a valve with flanged connections and a control thermostat, comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and convenient set point adjustment on a scale Globe valves with plug balanced by a bellows (NPS 1½ to 2) Suitable for liquids, particularly for cooling media, e.g. cooling water and brine Versions Type 1u Temperature Regulator With Type 2121 Valve with flanged connection Class 125 to 300 Type 2231 to 223 Control Thermostat Unbalanced valve (NPS ½ to 2) Balanced valve (NPS 1½ to 2) Opening Refer to Information Sheet T 2010 EN for details on the application of control thermostats. Type 2121/2231 With Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points 1) from 15 to 300 F ( 10 to +150 C) Type 2121/2232 (Fig. 1) With Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Separate set point adjustment Set points 1) from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Type 2121/2233 With Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set point adjustment on the sensor Set points from 15 to 300 F ( 10 to +150 C) Type 2121/223 With Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, steam, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) 1) Special versions for set points from 0 to 160 F ( 0 to 60 C) Fig. 1 Type 1u Temperature Regulator with Type 2232 Control Thermostat Special versions Capillary tube 16, 33 or 50 ft (5, 10 or 15 m) Sensor of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Version with minimum flow rate Plug with PTFE seal Valve free of non-ferrous metal Valve completely of corrosion-resistant material Version for oil at max. permissible temperature of 30 F (220 C) Data Sheet T 211 EN

43 Principle of operation (see Fig. 2) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. Temperature sensor (13), capillary tube (10) and operating element (7) are filled with an expansion liquid. The liquid changes its volume depending on the temperature, causing the operating element (7) and thus the valve's plug stem (5) with the plug (3) to move. The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the plug and seat (2). The temperature set point can be adjusted using a key (11) to a value that can be read off the dial (12) F C Type 2121 Valve Valve 1 Valve body 2 Seat (replaceable) 3 Plug 5 Plug stem 5.2 Balancing bellows (NPS 1½ to 2) 6 Threaded nipple with coupling nut Control thermostat 7 Operating element 10 Capillary tube 11 Key for set point adjustment 12 Set point dial 13 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Fig. 2 Type 1u Temperature Regulator, ANSI version 13 Type 2231 Control Thermostat Table 1 Technical data All pressures in psi and bar (gauge) Type 2121 Valve Flanged connection Pressure rating Class 125, 150 and 300 Valve size NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 C V and K VS 1) C V (US gal/min) K VS (m³/h) Permissible differential psi pressure p max bar 12 8 Leakage rate acc. to ANSI/FCI 70-2 Permissible temperature at the valve Types 2231 to 223 Control Thermostats Size 150 Set point ranges (set point span 100 K each) 0.05 % of C V (K VS) Liquids: 300 F (150 C) Gases: 175 F (80 C) Type 2231/ to 195 F, 70 to 250 F, 120 to 300 F 10 to 90 C, 20 to 120 C, 50 to 150 C Type 2232/223 0 to 10 F (special version) 3), 15 to 195 F, 70 to 250 F, 120 to 300 F, 210 to 390 F 2) or 300 to 80 F 2) 0 to 60 C (special version) 3), 10 to 90 C, 20 to 120 C, 50 to 150 C, 100 to 200 C 2) or 150 to 250 C 2) Permissible temperature at set point adjuster 0 to 80 C 0 to 175 F Permissible temperature at sensor Permissible pressure at sensor Type 2231/ K above adjusted set point Without thermowell: Class 300 With thermowell: Class 300/Class 600 With thermowell with flange: Class 300/Class 600 Type 2232/223 Without thermowell: Class 100 With flange: Class 50/Class 100 Length of capillary tube 10 ft (special version with 16, 33 or 50 ft) 3 m (special version with 5, 10 or 15 m) 2 Data Sheet T 211 EN

44 Table 2 Materials Material designations according to ASTM and DIN EN Type 2121 Valve Pressure ratings Class 125 Class 150 Class 300 Valve size NPS 1, 1½, 2 NPS ½ to 2 Body Cast iron A 126 B (EN-JL100) A 216 WCC (1.0619) 2) Seat Stainless steel Plug CW602N with EPDM soft seal 1) Seal Bonnet flange Separating piece Graphite with metal core Steel with brass bushing Brass (for sealing) Stainless steel (for version free of non-ferrous metal) Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 Control Thermostats Operating element Standard version Nickel-plated brass Special version Sensor Types 2231, 2232 Types 2233, 223 Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Stainless steel Capillary tube Nickel-plated copper Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Thermowell Threaded connection 1 NPT Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flange Immersion tube Flange Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel ) Special version with EPDM or FPM soft seal or metal-seated 2) Stainless steel 1.08 or CC99K (Rg 5) available on request Installation Valve Install the valve in a horizontal pipeline. Make sure the direction of flow corresponds to the arrow on the body. The operating element must be suspended. If necessary, the operating element can also be installed to point up (see EB 2111/ EN). Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Make sure, however, that its entire length is immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube so that it is not exposed to considerable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range (approx. ambient temperature of 70 F/20 C) is not exceeded. The smallest permissible bending radius is 2 (50 mm). Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 150, made of bronze/steel or CrNiMo steel NPS 1½ flanged connection, Class 150, with immersion tube of CrNiMo steel Thermowells typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 600 Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element from inadmissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece must be installed between the valve and the operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 30 F (220 C). The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece. An extension piece is required for temperatures over 300 F (150 C) when valves with cast iron or spheroidal graphite iron bodies are used together with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). Data Sheet T 211 EN

45 Dimensions Control thermostats, valves, accessories Type 1u Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 or 2233 Control Thermostat Types 2232/223 Control Thermostats L Ø1" (Ø25) H1 G 1 H2 H 12.2" (310) T G 1 G 1 11." (290) 16.2" (10) G 1 T Type 2232/223 Control Thermostat with separate set point adjustment Ø1" (Ø25) Type 2121 with flanged connections Type 2231/2233 Control Thermostat Dimensions and weights Control thermostats Type Control Thermostat Immersion depth T in 11. 1) 9.3 1) mm 290 1) 235 1) Approx. weight lb kg ) Larger immersion depths available on request Dimensions and weights Valves Type 2121 Valve Valve size Face-toface length L Height H Height H1 Height H2 Class 125 Class 150 Class 300 Approx. weight NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 DN inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm lb kg Fig. 3 Dimensions of control thermostats, valves and accessories Data Sheet T 211 EN

46 Dimensions Accessories Thermowells for Types 2231/2232 Mounting parts for Types 2233/223 Control Thermostat Type Immersion depth T2 321 mm 26 mm Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting 1.8" (5) SW 1.8" (SW6) 1 NPT T2 Ø5" (127) Ø3.8" (98.) G1¼ 0.69" (17.5) Ø0.3" (Ø6.5) 0.3" (8) 1." (35) 19.7" (500) (Ø28) Ø1.1" x 0.36" ( x Ø15.9) T2 1.1" (Ø28) 1.2" (30) 2." (60) Thermowell with threaded connection 1 NPT/Class 150 with flanged connection NPS 1 ½/Class " (69) Thermowells for flammable gases, 1 NPT/Class 600 Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 Length L2 inch mm inch mm SW1.8" (SW6) L2 L1 G1¼ 1 NPT SW 1. (SW 36) Extension piece/separating piece Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 5.5 (10 mm), approx. 1.1 lb (0.5 kg) Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 7.1 (180 mm), approx. 1.3 lb (0.6 kg) Ø1.2" (Ø30) Separating piece: with seals Thermowell for flammable gases 1 NPT/Class 600 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L Fig. Dimensions of accessories Data Sheet T 211 EN

47 A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Manual adjuster Ma with travel indicator MaS with electric signal transmitter Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors: thermowells with threaded connection Types 2233 and 223 Bulb Sensors: clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting Dynamic behavior of the thermostats The dynamics of the regulator are mainly determined by the response of the sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table 3 lists the response times measured in water of SAMSON thermostats that operate according to different principles. Table 3 Response times of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Type Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 1u NPS... Body in Class with flanged connection Body material... With Type Control Thermostat, set point range... F ( C), capillary tube length... ft (m) Optionally, special version... Optionally, accessories... Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible 6 Data Sheet T 211 EN

48 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type with balanced single-seated globe valve Application Temperature regulator for heating installations with control thermostats for set points from 10 to +250 C Nominal sizes DN 15 to 250 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Suitable for temperatures up to 350 C The valve closes as the temperature rises. Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperature limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. The regulators consist of a balanced globe valve with flanged connections (DN 15 to 250) and a control thermostat comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point indicated on a dial Single-seated valves balanced by a bellows or a diaphragm (DN 125 to 250) Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heat transfer fluids such as water, oil and steam Valve body optionally made of cast iron, spheroidal graphite iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel Versions with double adapter or manual override for attachment of a second control thermostat. For details, refer to Data Sheet T 2036 EN. Versions Type Temperature Regulators Type 211 Valve with flanged connections in sizes DN 15 to 250 PN 16 to 0 Balanced by a bellows (DN 15 to 250) Balanced by a diaphragm (DN 125 to 250) Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats For details on the application of the thermostats, refer to Information Sheet T 2010 EN. Type 211/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 211 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 211/2232 (Fig. 2) With Type 211 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Type 211/2233 With Type 211 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set points from 10 to +150 C, set point adjustment at the sensor Type 211/223 With Type 211 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Type 211/2235 With Type 211 Valve and Type 2235 Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying, climatic, and heating cabinets Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site Set points from 10 to +250 C Fig. 1 Type Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Thermostat Fig. 2 Type Temperature Regulator with Type 2233 Thermostat Fig. 3 Type Temperature Regulator with Type 2232 Thermostat, version with separate set point adjustment Data Sheet T 2121 EN

49 Special version Capillary tube of either 5 m, 10 m or 15 m Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Valve made completely of stainless steel Reduced K VS coefficient Valve with flow divider I for noise reduction when handling steam and non-flammable gases Set point range from 100 to 200 C/150 to 250 C ANSI version (see Data Sheet T 2025 EN) Principle of operation (Fig. ) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (12), capillary tube (9), and operating element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The temperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the bellows in the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3). The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the seat (2) and plug. The set point is adjustable with a key (10); the adjusted value can be read off the dial (11) Valve 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Bellows housing.1 Balancing bellows.2 Vent screw (DN 125 and larger) 5 Plug stem with spring 6 Connection for operating element (coupling nut) Control thermostat 7 Operating element with bellows 8 Pin of operating element 9 Capillary tube 10 Key for set point adjustment 11 Set point dial 12 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Fig. Type Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Thermostat (Type 211 Valve balanced by a bellows) Table 1 Technical data of valve All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Nominal size DN K VS coefficient in m³/h Leakage rate acc. to IEC Metal-seated plug: 0.05 % of K VS coefficient Soft-seated plug: 0.01 % of K VS coefficient Max. perm. differential pressure p Special version K VS coefficient in m³/h Max. perm. differential pressure p Permissible valve temperature Max. 350 C See pressure-temperature diagram (T 2010 EN) Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm 1) Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Nominal size DN K VS coefficient in m³/h Leakage rate acc. to IEC % of K VS coefficient Max. perm. differential pressure p Permissible valve temperature Max. 150 C 1) Only version with 22 mm travel 8 Data Sheet T 2121 EN

50 Table 2 Technical data Control thermostats Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 (DN 15 to 150) Set point ranges Permissible ambient temperature at the set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at the sensor Permissible pressure at the sensor Type 2231/ to +90 C, 20 to 120 C or 50 to 150 C For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 100 to 200 C or 150 to 250 C 0 to +80 C 100 K above the adjusted set point Without thermowell: PN 0 With thermowell: PN 0/PN 100 With thermowell with flange: PN 0/PN 100 Type 2233/223 Without thermowell: PN 0 With flange: PN 6/PN 0 Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m) 1) Only Types 2231 and 2232 Size 250 1) (DN 200/250) 0 to 70 C 30 to 100 C 50 to 120 C 80 to 150 C 30 K above the set point PN 16 (without thermowell) PN 0 (with thermowell) Table 3 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 16 PN 25 1) PN 16 PN 25 PN 0 Valve body Cast iron EN-JL100 Spheroidal graphite iron EN-JS109 Cast steel ) Cast stainless steel ) Seat and plug 3) Up to DN 100 Stainless steel or 1.10 DN 125 to 250 Steel Plug with PTFE seal Plug stem/spring 1.301/1.310 Balancing bellows Bellows housing Steel Body gasket Graphite on metal core Extension piece/separating piece Brass (version free of non-ferrous metal: stainless steel 1.301) Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 16 PN 25 PN 16 PN 25 PN 0 Valve body Cast iron EN-JL100 Spheroidal graphite iron EN-JS109 Cast steel Seat CC91K/CC99K (red brass, Rg5) ) Plug Red brass (CC91K/CC99K) ) with EPDM soft seal, max. 150 C Cast stainless steel 1.08 Pressure balancing Balancing cases of sheet steel DD11 EPDM balancing diaphragm, max. 150 C Flat gasket Graphite on metal core Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and 2235 Control Thermostats Operating element Sensor Capillary tube Thermowell Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Type 2235 Threaded connection G 1 Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flanged connection Immersion tube Flange Standard version Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Copper Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Steel Nickel-plated brass 1) Max. DN 150 PN 25: up to DN 150 PN 16: DN 100 to 150 2) PN 25: DN 200 to 250 PN 16: DN 100 to 250 3) Optionally, soft-seated plug with PTFE ring for temperatures up to 220 C or with EPDM ring for temperatures up to 150 C ) Special version 1.09 Special version Stainless steel Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Data Sheet T 2121 EN

51 Typetested safety devices The register number is available on request. The following versions are available: Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 1), or Type ) Thermostat and a Type 211 Valve in sizes DN 15 to 250, for which the max. operating pressure must not exceed the max. permissible differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 0 bar Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON G 1 version made of bronze, steel or stainless steel in PN 0 Thermowell for flammable gases typetested by DVGW (German Technical and Scientific Association on Gas and Water), G1 threaded connection, PN 100 For details on the selection and application of typetested devices, refer to Information Sheet T 200 EN. Additionally, the following versions are available: Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL). For details, refer to Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN. Dynamic behavior of the thermostat The dynamics of the regulator mainly depends on the dynamic behavior of the associated sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostats operating according to different functional principles when measuring in water. Table Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible 1) Types 223 and 2235 Thermostats only up to DN 150 Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors G 1 threaded connection, PN 0, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel Flange DN 32, PN 0, with immersion tube made of steel or CrNiMo steel PTFE immersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 0) Thermowell typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, threaded connection G 1, PN 100 Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element against impermissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece is mounted between the valve and operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 C. The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal for valves in DN 15 to 100. It additionally acts as a separating piece. In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece is required for temperatures over 150 C. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Installation Valve The valves are to be installed in horizontal pipelines with the operating element vertically suspended. The process medium must flow through the valve in the direction indicated by the arrow on the body. Temperature sensor The bulb sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Capillary tube The capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. Double adapter Type Do2 for second thermostat Type DoS with electric signal transmitter Manual override Hv with travel indication HvS with electric signal transmitter 50 Data Sheet T 2121 EN

52 Flow diagram of water Control valve sizing for other media according to IEC 6053 Parts 2-1 and 2-2, using the terms: F L = 0.95 and X T = 0.75 The values apply to a fully opened valve. Q m 3 h K vs p [bar] Fig. 5 Flow diagram of water Data Sheet T 2121 EN

53 Dimensions with Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Type 211 Type 2231/2233 Type 2232/223 Type 2235 L Ø25 G1 H1 H G1 310 T G1 G T G T Ø25 With separate set point adjustment Dimensions in mm and weights Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Nominal size DN ) 250 1) Length L H 1 H Up to 220 C (without extension piece) Up to 350 C (with extension piece) Up to 220 C (without extension piece) Up to 350 C (with extension piece) Weight 2), approx. kg ) Only with Type 2231 and Type 2232 Thermostat in size 250 2) For PN 16, +15 % for PN 25 and 0 Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostat Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2231/2232 Size 250 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Type 2235 Immersion depth T 290 1) ) Weight, approx. kg ) Larger immersion depths available on request Fig. 6 Dimensions of Type 211 Valve balanced by a bellows with Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat Dimensions with Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm Dimensions in mm and weights Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm Nominal size DN Length L H H H Weight, approx. kg H H2 H1 Type 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostat Refer to Fig. 6 for data concerning Type 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostat L Fig. 7 Dimensions of Type 211 Valve balanced by a diaphragm with Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat 52 Data Sheet T 2121 EN

54 Accessories Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection Thermostat Type /2232 Size Imm. depth T2 mm Mounting parts for Type 2233/223 Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting G1 Ø10(Ø170) Ø100(Ø125) G1¼ 18(26) 8 T2 xø18(ø22) T2 Ø28(Ø30) Threaded connection G 1/PN 0/PN 100 Dimensions for PN 100 in parentheses Ø28(Ø30) Flanged connection DN 32/PN 0, DN 0/PN 100 (dimensions in parentheses) Thermowells for flammable gases (PN 100) Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 mm Length L2 mm Flange of steel/crnimo steel Flange PN 6, outer 10 SW6 L2 L1 G1¼ G1 G1¼ Ø11(Ø18) Ø110(Ø100) Ø10 10(18) Flange DN 32/PN 0, dimensions in parentheses Ø29.5 Thermowell for flammable gases G 1/PN 100 SW36 Extension piece/separating piece G1 1) L Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 10 mm, approx. 0.5 kg Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 180 mm, approx. 0.6 kg Separating piece: with seals approx. L = 55 mm, approx. 0.2 kg Fig. 8 Dimensions of accessories G1 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type /... DN..., PN Body material With Thermostat Type Set point range C Length of capillary tube m If required, special version..., accessories Conversion of valve sizing coefficients: C V (in U.S. gallons/min) = 1.17 K VS (in m 3 /h) K VS (in m 3 /h) = 0.86 C V (in U.S. gallons/min) Data Sheet T 2121 EN

55

56 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type with balanced single-seated globe valve ANSI version Application Temperature regulator for heating installations with control thermostats for set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Valve sizes NPS ½ to 10 Pressure rating Class 125 to 300 Suitable for temperatures up to 660 F (350 C) The valve closes as the temperature rises. Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperature limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. The regulators consist of a balanced globe valve and a control thermostat comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point indicated on a dial Single-seated valves balanced by a bellows or a diaphragm (NPS 6 to 10) Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors, especially for heat transfer fluids such as water, oil and steam Valve body optionally made of cast iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel Versions with double adapter or manual override for attachment of a second control thermostat. For details, refer to Data Sheet T 2036 EN. Versions Type Temperature Regulators Type 211 Valve with flanged connections and face-to-face dimensions according to ANSI Balanced by a bellows (NPS ½ to 10) Balanced by a diaphragm (NPS 6 to 10) Class 125 to 300 Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats (Information Sheet T 2010 EN). Type 211/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 211 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 15 to 300 F ( 10 to +150 C) Type 211/2232 (Fig. 2) With Type 211 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Separate set point adjustment Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Type 211/2233 With Type 211 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set points from 15 to 300 F ( 10 to +150 C), set point adjustment at the sensor Type 211/223 With Type 211 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Type 211/2235 With Type 211 Valve and Type 2235 Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying, climatic, and heating cabinets Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Fig. 1 Type Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Thermostat Fig. 2 Type Temperature Regulator with Type 2233 Thermostat Fig. 3 Type Temperature Regulator with Type 2232 Thermostat, version with separate set point adjustment Data Sheet T 2025 EN

57 Special version Capillary tube of either 16, 33 or 50 ft (5 m, 10 m or 15 m) Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Valve made completely of stainless steel Reduced C V (K VS) coefficient Valve with flow divider I for noise reduction when handling steam and non-flammable gases Set point range from 210 to 390 F (100 to 200 C)/300 to 80 F (150 to 250 C) Principle of operation (Fig. ) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (12), capillary tube (9), and operating element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The temperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the bellows in the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3). The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the seat (2) and plug. The set point is adjustable with a key (10); the adjusted value can be read off the dial (11) Valve 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Bellows housing.1 Balancing bellows.2 Vent screw (NPS 6 and larger) 5 Plug stem with spring 6 Connection for operating element (coupling nut) Control thermostat 7 Operating element with bellows 8 Pin of operating element 9 Capillary tube 10 Key for set point adjustment 11 Set point dial 12 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Fig. Type Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Thermostat (Type 211 Valve balanced by a bellows) Table 1 Technical data of valve All pressures in bar and psi (gauge) Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Valve size NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2½ C V coefficients US gal/min K VS coefficients m³/h Leakage rate acc. to ANSI/FCI 70-2 Max. permissible differential pressure p Special version Flow coefficients Max. permissible differential pressure p Permissible valve temperature Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm 1) Metal-seated plug: 0.05 % of C V (K VS) coefficient Soft-seated plug: 0.01 % of C V (K VS) coefficient psi bar C V K VS psi bar Max. 660 F (max. 350 C) Valve size NPS C V coefficients US gal/min K VS coefficients m³/h Leakage rate acc. to ANSI/FCI 70-2 Max. permissible differential pressure p Permissible valve temperature 0.01 % of C V (K VS) coefficient psi bar Max. 300 F (max. 150 C) 1) Only version with 0.9 (22 mm) travel 56 Data Sheet T 2025 EN

58 Table 2 Technical data Control thermostats Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 Size 250 1) (NPS 8/10) 35 to 160 F ANSI 15 to 195 F, 70 to 250 F or 120 to 300 F 85 to 210 F For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 210 to 390 F or 300 to 80 F 120 to 250 F Set point ranges 175 to 300 F 0 to 70 C DIN 10 to +90 C, 20 to 120 C or 50 to 150 C 30 to 100 C For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 100 to 200 C or 150 to 250 C 50 to 120 C 80 to 150 C Permissible ambient temperature at the 5 to +175 C 0 to +150 F ( 0 to +80 C) set point adjustment head ( 20 to +80 C) Permissible temperature at the sensor 100 K above the adjusted set point 85 F (30 C) above set point Permissible pressure at the sensor of Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 With/without thermowell: Class 300 Version with flange: Class 50/300 Length of the capillary tube ANSI 10 ft (special version: 16 ft, 33 ft or 50 ft) DIN 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m) 1) Only Types 2231 and 2232 Table 3 Materials Material numbers according to ASTM and DIN EN Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Valve size NPS 1 to 10 NPS ½ to 10 Pressure rating Class 125 Class 150 and 300 Valve body Cast iron A126B Cast steel A216 WCB/WCC Cast stainless steel A351 CF8M Seat and plug 3) Up to NPS Stainless steel or 1.10 NPS 6 to 10 Steel Plug with PTFE seal Plug stem/spring 1.301/1.310 Balancing bellows Bellows housing Steel Body gasket Graphite on metal core Extension piece/separating piece Brass (version free of non-ferrous metal: stainless steel 1.301) Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm Valve size NPS 6 to 10 Pressure rating Class 125 Class 150 and 300 Max. permissible temperature 50 F 230 C 660 F 350 C Valve body Cast iron A126B Cast steel A216 WCC Cast stainless steel A351 CF8M Seat Red brass 1) Plug Red brass 1) with EPDM soft seal, max. 300 F (150 C) Pressure balancing Flat gasket Balancing cases of sheet steel DD11 EPDM balancing diaphragm, max. 300 F (150 C) Graphite on metal core Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and 2235 Control Thermostats Standard version Special version Operating element Nickel-plated brass Type 2231 Type 2232 Nickel-plated bronze Sensor Type 2233 Type 223 Nickel-plated copper Stainless steel Type 2235 Copper Capillary tube Nickel-plated copper Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Thermowell Threaded connection 1 NPT Immersion tube Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Threaded nipple Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Stainless steel Flanged connection Immersion tube Steel Flange Steel Stainless steel ) Special version 1.09 Data Sheet T 2025 EN

59 Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 150, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel Flange NPS 1½, Class 150, with immersion tube made of CrNiMo steel Thermowell typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, threaded connection 1 NPT, Class 600 Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element against impermissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece is mounted between the valve and operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 30 F (220 C). The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece. In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece is required for temperatures over 300 F (150 C). A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Double adapter Type Do2 for second thermostat Type DoS with electric signal transmitter Manual override Ma with travel indication MaS with electric signal transmitter Type 2231 and Type 2232 Bulb Sensors: Thermowell with threaded connection Type 2233 and Type 223 Bulb Sensors: Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting Typetested safety devices The register number is available on request. The following versions are available: Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 1), or Type ) Thermostat and a Type 211 Valve in sizes NPS ½ to 10, for which the max. operating pressure must not exceed the max. permissible differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 600 psi (0 bar) Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON 1 NPT version made of bronze or stainless steel up to Class 300 Thermowells typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 600. For details on the selection and application of typetested devices, refer to Information Sheet T 200 EN. Additionally, the following versions are available: Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL). For details, refer to Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN. Dynamic behavior of the thermostat The dynamics of the regulator mainly depends on the dynamic behavior of the associated sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostats operating according to different functional principles when measuring in water. Table Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Installation Type Control Thermostat Valve The valves are to be installed in horizontal pipelines with the operating element vertically suspended. The process medium must flow through the valve in the direction indicated by the arrow on the body. Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible Temperature sensor The bulb sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Capillary tube The capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. The smallest possible bending radius is approx. 2 (50 mm). 1) Types 223 and 2235 Thermostats only up to NPS 6 (DN 150) 58 Data Sheet T 2025 EN

60 Dimensions and weights Type 211 Type 2231/2233 Type 2232/223 Type 2235 L G1 H1 H 1NPT 12.2" (310) T T Ø1" (Ø25) G1 1NPT 11." (290) 16.2" (10) T G1 11." (290) 16.2" (10) Ø1"(Ø25) With separate set point adjustment Dimensions and weights Type 211 Valve balanced by a bellows Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Valve size NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2 ½ ) 10 1) Length L H 1 H Class 125 Class 150 Class 300 inch mm inch mm inch mm Without extension 8.9 (225 mm) 11.8 (300 mm) With piece 1) 1. (365 mm) 17.3 (0 mm) Without extension 20.3 (515 mm) 23.2 (590 mm) With piece 1) 25.8 (655 mm) 28.7 (730 mm) 1 (355 mm) 19.5 (95 mm) 25. (65 mm) 23.2 (590 mm) 28.7 (730 mm) 3.6 (880 mm) (785 mm) (1020 mm) 28.7 (730 mm) 3.3 (870 mm) 0.2 (1020 mm) 5.7 (1160 mm) Weight, approx. 2) lbs (kg) 12.5 (5.5) (6) 15. (7) 30.9 (1) 37.5 (17) 62 (28) 73 (33) 90 (1) 25 (115) 562 (255) 661 (300) Thermostat Type Gr Immers. depth T inch (mm) 11. (290) 3) 38.6 (980) 9.25 (235) 3) 17 (30) 18.1 (60) (360) Weight, approx. lbs (kg) 7.1 (3.2) 1.3 (6.5) 9 () 7.5 (3.) 8.2 (3.7) 8 (3.6) 1) Only with Type 2231 Thermostat in size 250 2) Class %, Class % 3) Larger immersion depths available on request Fig. 5 Dimensions of Type 211 Valve balanced by a bellows with Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat Dimensions and weights Type 211 Valve balanced by a diaphragm Ventil Typ 211 membranentlastet Valve size NPS 6 NPS 8 NPS 10 Length L Height H, approx. Height H2, approx. Class 125/150 Class mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Weight, approx. 159 lb (72 kg) 78 lb (217 kg) 500 lb (227 kg) 1) +10 % for A 216 WCC/Class 150 and stainless steel A351 CF8M H H2 H1 L Type 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostat Fig. 6 Dimensions of Type 211 Valve balanced by a diaphragm with Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat Data Sheet T 2025 EN

61 Accessories Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Dimensions Control Thermostat Type Immersion depth T2 321 mm 26 mm Mounting parts for Type 2233/223 Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting 1.8" (5) SW 1.8" (SW6) 1 NPT Ø5" (127) Ø3.8" (98.) G1¼ 0.69" (17.5) Ø0.3" (Ø6.5) 0.3" (8) 1." (35) 19.7" (500) T2 x 0.36" ( x Ø15.9) T2 (Ø28) Ø1.1" Thermowell with threaded connection 1 NPT/Class " (Ø28) Flanged connection NPS 1½/Class " (30) 2." (60) Thermowells for flammable gases, 1 NPT/Class 600 Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 inch mm Length L2 inch mm " (69) Extension piece/separating piece SW1.8" (SW6) L2 L1 G1¼ 1 NPT Ø1.2" (Ø30) SWSW36 1. (SW 36) G1 G1 1) L Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 5.5 (10 mm), approx. 1.1 lb (0.5 kg) Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 7.1 (180 mm), approx. 1.3 lb (0.6 kg) Separating piece: with seals L = approx. 2.1 (55 mm), approx. 0. lb (0.2 kg) 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L Fig. 8 Dimensions of accessories Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type /... NPS..., Class Body material Balanced by a bellows/diaphragm With Thermostat Type Set point range F ( C), length of capillary tube m If required, special version..., accessories 60 Data Sheet T 2025 EN

62 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type u with balanced single-seated globe valve Application Temperature regulator for cooling installations with control thermostats for set points from 10 to +250 C Nominal sizes DN 15 to 250 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Suitable for temperatures up to 350 C The valve opens as the temperature rises. Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperature limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. The regulators consist of a balanced globe valve with flanged connections (DN 15 to 250) and a control thermostat comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point indicated on a dial Single-seated valves balanced by a bellows or a diaphragm (DN 125 to 250) Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors, especially for cooling media, e.g. cooling water and brine Valve body optionally made of cast iron, spheroidal graphite iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel Fig. 1 Type u Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Thermostat Versions Type u Temperature Regulators Type 211 Valve with flanged connections in nominal sizes DN 15 to 250 PN 16 to 0 Balanced by a bellows (DN 15 to 250) Balanced by a diaphragm (DN 125 to 250) Types 2231 to 223 Control Thermostats For details on the application of the thermostats, refer to Information Sheet T 2010 EN. Type 211/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 211 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 211/2232 (Fig. 2) With Type 211 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Type 211/2233 With Type 211 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set points from 10 to +150 C Set point adjustment at the sensor Type 211/223 With Type 211 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Fig. 2 Type u Temperature Regulator with Type 2232 Thermostat, version with separate set point adjustment Data Sheet T 2123 EN

63 Special version Capillary tube of either 5 m, 10 m or 15 m Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Valve made completely of stainless steel Reduced K VS coefficient Version with reversing device with travel adjuster (for adjustment of minimum flow rate) ANSI version (see Data Sheet T 2025 EN) Principle of operation (Fig. 3) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (12), capillary tube (9), and operating element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The temperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the bellows in the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3). The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the seat (2) and plug. The set point is adjustable with a key (11); the adjusted value can be read off the dial (12) Valve 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Bellows housing.1 Balancing bellows.2 Vent screw (DN 125 and larger) 5 Plug stem with spring 6 Connection for operating element (coupling nut) Control thermostat 7 Reversing device 8 Operating element with bellows 9 Pin of operating element 10 Capillary tube 11 Key for set point adjustment 12 Set point dial 13 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Fig. 3 Type u Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Thermostat (Type 211 Valve balanced by a bellows) Table 1 Technical data of valve All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Nominal size DN K VS coefficient in m³/h Leakage rate acc. to IEC Metal-seated plug: 0.05 % of K VS coefficient Soft-seated plug: 0.01 % of K VS coefficient Max. perm. differential pressure p Special version K VS coefficient in m³/h Max. perm. differential pressure p Permissible valve temperature Max. 300 C See pressure-temperature diagram (T 2010 EN) Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm 1) Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Nominal size DN K VS coefficient in m³/h Leakage rate acc. to IEC % of K VS coefficient Max. perm. differential pressure p Permissible valve temperature Max. 150 C 1) Only version with 22 mm travel 62 Data Sheet T 2123 EN

64 Table 2 Technical data Control thermostats Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 (DN 15 to 150) Set point ranges Permissible ambient temperature at the set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at the sensor Permissible pressure at the sensor Type 2231/ to +90 C, 20 to 120 C or 50 to 150 C For Types 2232 and 223 also 150 to 250 C 0 to +80 C 100 K above the adjusted set point Without thermowell: PN 0 With thermowell: PN 0/PN 100 With thermowell with flange: PN 0/PN 100 Type 2233/223 Without thermowell: PN 0 With flange: PN 6/PN 0 Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m) 1) Only Types 2231 and 2232 Size 250 1) (DN 200/250) 0 to 70 C 30 to 100 C 50 to 120 C 80 to 150 C 30 K above the set point PN 16 (without thermowell) PN 0 (with thermowell) Table 3 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 16 PN 25 1) PN 16 PN 25 PN 0 Valve body Cast iron EN-JL100 Spheroidal graphite iron EN-JS109 Cast steel ) Cast stainless steel ) Seat and plug 3) Up to DN 100 Stainless steel or 1.10 DN 125 to 250 Steel Plug with PTFE seal Plug stem/spring 1.301/1.310 Balancing bellows Bellows housing Steel Body gasket Graphite on metal core Extension piece/separating piece Brass (version free of non-ferrous metal: stainless steel 1.301) Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 16 PN 25 PN 16 PN 25 PN 0 Valve body Cast iron EN-JL100 Spheroidal graphite iron EN-JS109 Cast steel Seat CC91K/CC99K (red brass, Rg5) ) Plug Red brass (CC91K/CC99K) ) with EPDM soft seal, max. 150 C Cast stainless steel 1.08 Pressure balancing Balancing cases of sheet steel DD11 EPDM balancing diaphragm, max. 150 C Flat gasket Graphite on metal core Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and 2235 Control Thermostats Operating element Sensor Capillary tube Thermowell Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Threaded connection G 1 Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flanged connection Immersion tube Flange Standard version Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Steel Nickel-plated brass 1) Max. DN 150 PN 25: up to DN 150 PN 16: DN 100 to 150 2) PN 25: DN 200 to 250 PN 16: DN 100 to 250 3) Optionally, soft-seated plug with PTFE ring for temperatures up to 220 C or with EPDM ring for temperatures up to 150 C ) Special version 1.09 Special version Stainless steel Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Data Sheet T 2123 EN

65 Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors G 1 threaded connection, PN 0, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel Flange DN 32, PN 0, with immersion tube made of steel or CrNiMo steel PTFE immersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 0) Thermowell typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, threaded connection G 1, PN 100 Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element against impermissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece is mounted between the valve and operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 C. The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal for valves in DN 15 to 100. It additionally acts as a separating piece. In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece is required for temperatures over 150 C. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Dynamic behavior of the thermostat The dynamics of the regulator mainly depends on the dynamic behavior of the associated sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostats operating according to different functional principles when measuring in water. Table Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible Double adapter Type Do2 for second thermostat Type DoS with electric signal transmitter Manual override Hv with travel indication HvS with electric signal transmitter Flow diagram of water Control valve sizing for other media according to IEC 6053 Parts 2-1 and 2-2, using the terms: F L = 0.95 and X T = 0.75 The values apply to a fully opened valve. Installation Valve The valves are to be installed in horizontal pipelines with the operating element vertically suspended. The process medium must flow through the valve in the direction indicated by the arrow on the body. Temperature sensor The bulb sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Capillary tube The capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. Q m 3 h p [bar] Fig. Flow diagram of water K vs 6 Data Sheet T 2123 EN

66 Dimensions with Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Type 211 Type 2231/2233 Type 2232/223 L Ø G1 H H1 G1 G1 G1 T T G with separate set point adjustment 375 Ø25 Dimensions in mm and weights Type 211 Valve Balanced by a bellows Nominal size DN ) 250 1) Length L H H Weight 2), approx. kg ) 2) Only with Type 2231 and Type 2232 Thermostat in size 250 For PN 16, +15 % for PN 25 and 0 Type 2231 to Type 2235 Control Thermostat Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2231/2232 Size 250 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Type 2235 Immersion depth T 290 1) ) Weight, approx. kg ) Larger immersion depths available on request Fig. 6 Dimensions of Type 211 Valve balanced by a bellows with Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat Dimensions with Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm Dimensions in mm and weights Type 211 Valve Balanced by a diaphragm Nominal size DN Length L H H H Weight, approx. kg H H2 H1 G1 G1 Reversing device with thermostat connection Refer to Fig. 6 for data concerning Type 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostat 375 L Fig. 7 Dimensions of Type 211 Valve balanced by a diaphragm with reversing device and Type 2231 to Type 2235 Thermostat Data Sheet T 2123 EN

67 Accessories Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection Thermostat Type /2232 Size Imm. depth T2 mm Mounting parts for Type 2233/223 Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting G1 Ø10(Ø170) Ø100(Ø125) G1¼ 18(26) 8 T2 Ø28(Ø30) xø18(ø22) T2 Threaded connection G 1/PN 0/PN 100 Dimensions for PN 100 in parentheses Ø28(Ø30) Flanged connection DN 32/PN 0, DN 0/PN 100 (dimensions in parentheses) Thermowells for flammable gases (PN 100) Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 mm Length L2 mm Flange of steel/crnimo steel Flange PN 6, outer 10 SW6 L2 L1 G1¼ G1 G1¼ Ø11(Ø18) Ø110(Ø100) Ø10 10(18) Flange DN 32/PN 0, dimensions in parentheses Ø29.5 Thermowell for flammable gases G 1/PN 100 SW36 Extension piece/separating piece G1 1) L Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 10 mm, approx. 0.5 kg Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 180 mm, approx. 0.6 kg Separating piece: with seals approx. L = 55 mm, approx. 0.2 kg G1 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L Fig. 8 Dimensions of accessories Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type u/... DN..., PN Body material... With Thermostat Type, set point range... C Length of capillary tube... m Optionally, special version..., accessories... Conversion of valve sizing coefficients: C V (in U.S. gallons/min) = 1.17 K VS (in m 3 /h) K VS (in m 3 /h) = 0.86 C V (in U.S. gallons/min) 66 Data Sheet T 2123 EN

68 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type 8 with unbalanced three-way valve Flanges Application Temperature regulator with mixing or diverting valve designed for plants which are heated or cooled with liquids, including control thermostats for set points from 10 to +150 C Nominal sizes DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 16 Suitable for temperatures up to 150 C Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperature limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. The regulators consist of an unbalanced three-way valve and a control thermostat comprising a temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point indicated on a dial Three-way valve with a choice of plug arrangements for either mixing or diverting service of liquids Flow rate across the port AB almost independent of the valve plug position Valve body made of cast iron Versions with double adapter for either installing a temperature limiter or attaching a second control thermostat. Refer to Data Sheet T 2036 EN for details. Versions Type 8 Temperature Regulator Type 2118 Three-way Valve Valve body made of cast iron (EN-JL100) Nominal sizes DN 15 to 50 PN 16 Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats Three-way valves with optional plug arrangements for either mixing or diverting service. Further details on the application of thermostats can be found in Information Sheet T 2010 EN Type 2118/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 2118 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2118/2232 (Fig. 2) With Type 2118 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2118/2233 With Type 2118 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2118/223 With Type 2118 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2118/2235 With Type 2118 Valve and Type 2235 Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying, climatic and heating cabinets Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site Set points from 10 to +150 C Fig. 1 Type 8 Temperature Regulator with valve (DN 25) and Type 2231 Thermostat Fig. 2 Type 8 Temperature Regulator with valve (DN 25) with Type 2232 Thermostat, version with separate set point adjustment Data Sheet T 2131 EN

69 Special version Capillary tube of either 5 m, 10 m or 15 m Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper 1 B 9 10 Principle of operation (Figs. 3 and ) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operating element (7) are filled with an expanding liquid. The temperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3). The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the seat (2) and plug (3). The set point is adjustable with a key (9) to a value which can be read off from the dial (10). In mixing valves (Fig. 3 with plug arrangement I), the process media to be mixed enter through the ports A and B. The combined flow leaves at port AB. The flow rate from A or B to AB is determined by the area released between the seats (2) and plugs (3), i.e. by the position of the plug stem (5). When the temperature rises, port A opens and port B closes. In diverting valves (Fig. with plug arrangement II), however, the process medium enters through port AB and the diverted flows leave the valve at ports A or B. The flow rate from AB to A or B depends on the position of the plug stem. 2 A Fig. 3 Type 8 Temperature Regulator with Type AB Thermostat and three-way valve with plug arrangement I, the arrows indicate mixing service 1 2 AB 3 5 B 11 A Three-way valve 1 Valve body 2 Seat 3 Plug Bottom section 5 Plug stem with spring 6 Thermostat connection (threaded nipple with coupling nut) Control thermostat 7 Operating element 8 Capillary tube 9 Key for set point adjustment 10 Set point dial 11 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) 6 Fig. Three-way valve with plug arrangement II, the arrows indicate diverting service Temperature sensor The bulb sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Installation Valve The thermostat connection must be vertically suspended. Other mounting positions are possible on request. Make sure the direction of flow complies with the desired service type, i.e. mixing or diverting service. Capillary tube The capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. 68 Data Sheet T 2131 EN

70 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge). The specified permissible pressures and differential pressures are limited by the values specified in the pressure-temperature diagram and the nominal pressure ratings. Type 2118 Three-way Valve Nominal pressure PN 16 K VS coefficient and max. perm. differential pressures p in bar Nominal size DN Mixing valve K VS coefficient when p in B > p in A p when p in A > p in B p Diverting valve (when AB to A or B) Permissible temperature at the valve K VS coefficient p C See pressure-temperature diagram in T 2010 EN Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 Set point ranges (set point range 100 K) Permissible ambient temperature at the set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at the sensor Permissible pressure at the sensor Type 2231/ to +90 C, 20 to 120 C or 50 to 150 C For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 100 to 200 C, 150 to 250 C 0 to +80 C 100 K above the adjusted set point Without thermowell: PN 0 With thermowell: PN 0/PN 100 With thermowell with flange: PN 0/PN 100 Type 2233/223 Without thermowell: PN 0 With flange: PN 6/PN 0 Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m) Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 2118 Three-way valve Nominal size DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 16 Body Seat Cast iron EN-JL100 Cast iron EN-JL100 Plug and brass with EPDM Shore 70 Plug stem Spring Threaded nipple Seal Accessories Separating piece Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and ) Control Thermostats Operating element Sensor Capillary tube Thermowell Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Type 2235 Threaded connection G 1 Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flanged connection Immersion tube Flange 1) Type 2235 not available in stainless steel version Standard version Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Copper Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Steel Brass EPDM O-ring Brass Nickel-plated brass Special version Stainless steel Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Data Sheet T 2131 EN

71 Arrangement of temperature regulators with three-way valves - depending on the plug arrangement in valve - Schematics Plug arrangement I Mixing service Heating Cooling B B B A AB A AB A B AB A AB B A AB Port B closes and A opens as the temperature rises Plug arrangement II Diverting service Flow pipe Mixing valve Return flow pipe Heating Flow pipe Mixing valve Return flow pipe Cooling B B B A AB A AB B A AB A AB B A AB Port A closes and B opens as the temperature rises Flow pipe Diverting valve Return flow pipe Flow pipe Diverting valve Return flow pipe Flow rate diagram of water Q [ m 3 ] h 0.2 p [bar] Control valve sizing for other media according to IEC 6053 Parts 2-1 and 2-2, using the terms: F L = 0.95 and X T = 0.75 The values apply to a fully opened valve. K vs Typetested safety devices The register number is available on request. The following versions are available: Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 or Type 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2118 Three-way Valve in sizes DN 15 to 50, for which the max. operating pressure must not exceed the max. permissible differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 0 bar Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON G 1 version made of bronze, steel or stainless steel in PN 0 Thermowell for flammable gases typetested by DVGW (German Technical and Scientific Association on Gas and Water), G 1 threaded connection, PN 100 Temperature limiter (TL) with thermostat and three-way valve as specified above and a double adapter Do (see Data Sheet T 2036 EN). Further details on the selection and application of typetested equipment can be found in Information Sheet T 200 EN. Additionally, the following versions are available: Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL). For details, refer to Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN. Fig. 5 Flow rate diagram of water 70 Data Sheet T 2131 EN

72 Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights Type 2118 Three-way Valve DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 Length L H H H Weight (body PN 16) approx. kg Thermostat Type Immersion depth T 290 1) 235 1) Weight approx. kg ) Larger immersion depths available on request Dimensions Type 2118 Three-way Valve with thermostat Valve DN 15 to 50 Type 2231/2233 Thermostat Type 2232/223 Thermostat Ø25 T G1 10 G1 290 With separate set point adjustment Fig. 6 Dimensions Dynamic behavior of the thermostat The dynamics of the regulator mainly depends on the dynamic behavior of the associated sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostats operating according to different functional principles when measuring in water. Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 8/... DN... Mixing or diverting valve with Thermostat Type Set point range C Length of capillary tube m If required, special version..., accessories Table Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell Conversion of valve sizing coefficients: C V (in U.S. gallons/min) = 1.17 K VS (in m 3 /h) K VS (in m 3 /h) = 0.86 C V (in U.S. gallons/min) With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible Data Sheet T 2131 EN

73 Accessories Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Thermostat Type Imm. depth T2 mm Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting Extension piece/ separating piece G1 G1 Ø10(Ø170) Ø100(Ø125) G1¼ 18(26) 8 SW36 L 1) T2 Ø28(Ø30) Threaded connection G 1 for PN 0/PN 100 (dimensions for PN 100 in parentheses) xø18(ø22) Thermowells for flammable gases (G 1/PN 100) Ø28(Ø30) Flanged connection DN 32 for PN 0, DN 0 for PN 100 (dimensions in parentheses) Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 mm Length L2 mm T2 G1 Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 10 mm, approx. 0.5 kg Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 180 mm, approx. 0.6 kg Separating piece: with seals approx. L = 55 mm, approx. 0.2 kg 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L SW6 G1¼ Flange for Type 2233 and Type 223 G1 Ø11(Ø18) G1¼ 10(18) L2 L1 Ø29.5 Ø110(Ø100) Ø10 Flange PN 6, outer 10 Flange DN 32/PN 0, dimensions in parentheses Fig. 7 Dimensions of accessories Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors G 1 threaded connection, PN 0, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel Flange DN 32, PN 0, with immersion tube made of steel or CrNiMo steel PTFE immersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 0) Thermowell typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, threaded connection G 1, PN 100 Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element against impermissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece is mounted between the valve and operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 C. The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece. In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece is required for temperatures over 150 C. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Manual override Hv with travel indication HvS with electric signal transmitter 72 Data Sheet T 2131 EN

74 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type 9 with balanced 1) three-way valve Flange connections Application Temperature regulator with mixing or diverting valve designed for plants which are heated or cooled with liquids, including control thermostats for set points from 10 to +250 C Nominal sizes DN 15 to 150 Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Suitable for temperatures up to 350 C Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperature limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. The regulators consist of a three-way valve and a control thermostat with temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point Three-way valve with plug balancing 1) by a stainless steel bellows, optionally available with a plug arrangement to mix or divert liquids Flow rate across the port AB almost independent of the valve plug position Valve body optionally made of cast iron, cast steel or cast stainless steel Versions with double adapter for either installing a temperature limiter or attaching a second control thermostat. Refer to Data Sheet T 2036 EN for details. Versions Type 9 Temperature Regulators Type 2119 Three-way Valve DN 15 to 25 not pressure balanced DN 32 to 150 balanced PN 16 to 0 Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats Three-way valves with optional plug arrangements for either mixing or diverting service. Further details on the application of thermostats can be found in Information Sheet T 2010 EN Type 2119/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids and steam Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2119/2232 (Fig. 2) With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Type 2119/2233 With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set point adjustment at the sensor Set points from 10 to +150 C Type 2119/223 With Type 2119 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Separate set point adjustment Set points from 10 to +250 C Type 2119/2235 With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2235 Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying, climatic and heating cabinets Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site Set points from 10 to +250 C Fig. 1 Type 9 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Control Thermostat Fig. 2 Type 9 Temperature Regulator with Type 2232 Control Thermostat, version with separate set point adjustment Special version Capillary tube of either 5 m, 10 m or 15 m Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Valve made completely of stainless steel (minimum material grade 1.301) ANSI version on request (see T 213 EN) Data Sheet T 2133 EN

75 Principle of operation (Figs. 3 and ) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operating element (7) are filled with an expansion liquid. The temperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3). The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the seat (2) and plug (3). The set point is adjustable with a key (9) to a value which can be read off from the dial (10). With pressure balanced valves in nominal sizes DN 32 to 150, the pressure at port B acts through a hole in the plug stem (5) onto the outer surface of the balancing bellows 1) (.1), whereas the pressure at port A acts onto the inner bellows area. This equalizes the forces acting onto the valve plugs (3). In mixing valves (Fig. 3 with plug arrangement I), the process media to be mixed enter through the ports A and B. The combined flow leaves at port AB. The flow rate from A or B to AB is determined by the area released between the seats (2) and plugs (3), i.e. by the position of the plug stem (5). When the temperature rises, port A opens and port B closes. In diverting valves (Fig. with plug arrangement II), however, the process medium enters through port AB and the diverted flows leave the valve at ports A or B. The flow rate from AB to A or B depends on the position of the plug stem. 1) Valve sizes DN 15 to 25 are unbalanced A B Fig. 3 Type 9 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 AB Thermostat and three-way valve with plug arrangement I, the arrows indicate mixing service A B 8 AB Three-way valve 1 Valve body 2 Seats (replaceable) 3 Plug Bottom section (bellows housing) 5 Plug stem with spring 6 Thermostat connection (threaded nipple with coupling nut) Installation Control thermostat 7 Operating element 8 Capillary tube 9 Key for set point adjustment 10 Set point dial 11 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) Fig. Three-way valve with plug arrangement II, the arrows indicate diverting service Temperature sensor The bulb sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Valve The thermostat connection (6) must be vertically suspended. Other mounting positions are possible on request. Make sure the direction of flow complies with the desired service type, i.e. mixing or diverting service. Capillary tube The capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. 7 Data Sheet T 2133 EN

76 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge). The specified permissible pressures and differential pressures are limited by the values specified in the pressure-temperature diagram and the nominal pressure ratings. Type 2119 Three-way valve Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 K VS coefficient and max. perm. differential pressures p in bar Nominal size DN Mixing valve K VS coefficient when p in B > p in A p when p in A > p in B p Diverting valve (when AB to A or B) Permissible temperature at the valve K VS coefficient p C See pressure-temperature diagram in T 2010 EN Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 Set point ranges (set point range 100 K) Permissible ambient temperature at the set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at the sensor Permissible pressure at the sensor Type 2231/ to +90 C, 20 to 120 C or 50 to 150 C For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 100 to 200 C, 150 to 250 C 0 to +80 C 100 K above the adjusted set point Without thermowell: PN 0 With thermowell: PN 0/PN 100 With thermowell with flange: PN 0/PN 100 Type 2233/223 Without thermowell: PN 0 With flange: PN 6/PN 0 Length of the capillary tube 3 m (special version: 5 m, 10 m or 15 m) Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 2119 Three-way Valve Nominal size DN 15 to 150 DN 15 to 100 Nominal pressure PN 16 PN 25 to 0 Body Cast iron EN-JL100 Cast steel Cast stainless steel 1.08 Seat and plug Steel (1.301 with DN 125 and 150) Plug stem/spring 1.301/1.310 Balancing bellows 1) Bellows housing Body gasket Graphite on metal core Extension piece/separating piece Brass (special version: stainless steel 1.301) Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and ) Control Thermostats Operating element Sensor Capillary tube Thermowell Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Type 2235 Threaded connection G 1 Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flanged connection Immersion tube Flange 1) DN 15 to 25: without balancing bellows 2) Type 2235 not available in stainless steel version Standard version Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Copper Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Steel Nickel-plated brass Special version Stainless steel Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Data Sheet T 2133 EN

77 Arrangement of temperature regulators with three-way valves - depending on the plug arrangement in valve - Schematics Plug arrangement I Mixing service Heating Cooling B B B A AB A AB A B AB A AB B A AB Port B closes and A opens as the temperature rises Plug arrangement II Diverting service Flow pipe Mixing valve Return flow pipe Heating Flow pipe Mixing valve Return flow pipe Cooling B B B A AB A AB B A AB A AB B A AB Port A closes and B opens as the temperature rises Flow pipe Diverting valve Return flow pipe Flow pipe Diverting valve Return flow pipe Flow rate diagram for water Q m 3 [ ] h p [bar] Control valve sizing for other media according to IEC 6053 Parts 2-1 and 2-2, using the terms: F L = 0.95 and X T = 0.75 The values apply to a fully opened valve. K vs Typetested safety devices The register number is available on request. The following versions are available: Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 or Type 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2119 Three-way Valve in sizes DN 15 to 50, for which the max. operating pressure must not exceed the max. permissible differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 0 bar Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON G 1 version made of bronze, steel or stainless steel in PN 0 Thermowell for flammable gases typetested by DVGW (German Technical and Scientific Association on Gas and Water), G 1 threaded connection, PN 100 Temperature limiter (TL) with thermostat and three-way valve as specified above and a double adapter Do (see Data Sheet T 2036 EN). Further details on the selection and application of typetested equipment can be found in Information Sheet T 200 EN. Additionally, the following versions are available: Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL). For details, refer to Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN. Fig. 5 Flow rate diagram for water 76 Data Sheet T 2133 EN

78 Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights Type 2119 Three-way Valve DN Length L H H1 Up to 220 C (without extension piece) Up to 350 C (with extension piece) H Up to 220 C (without extension piece) Up to 350 C (with extension piece) Weight (body PN 16) 1) approx. kg On request Thermostat Type Immersion depth T 290 1) 235 1) Weight approx. kg Dimensions Type 2119 Three-way Valve with thermostat Valve DN 15 to 50 Type 2231/2233 Thermostat Type 2232/223 Thermostat L H2 315 Ø25 G1 H1 G1 H G1 T T G Ø25 With separate set point adjustment Fig.5 Dimensions Dynamic behavior of the thermostat The dynamics of the regulator mainly depends on the dynamic behavior of the associated sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostats operating according to different functional principles when measuring in water. Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 9/... DN..., PN Mixing or diverting valve, body material With Thermostat Type Set point range C Length of capillary tube m If required, special version..., accessories Table Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell Conversion of valve sizing coefficients: C V (in U.S. gallons/min) = 1.17 K VS (in m 3 /h) K VS (in m 3 /h) = 0.86 C V (in U.S. gallons/min) With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible Data Sheet T 2133 EN

79 Accessories Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Thermostat Type Imm. depth T2 mm Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting Extension piece/ separating piece G1 G1 Ø10(Ø170) Ø100(Ø125) G1¼ 18(26) 8 SW36 1) L T2 Ø28(Ø30) Threaded connection G 1/PN 0/PN 100 Dimensions for PN 100 in parentheses xø18(ø22) Thermowells for flammable gases (G 1/PN 100) Ø28(Ø30) Flanged connection DN 32/PN 0, DN 0/PN 100 (dimensions in parentheses) Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 mm Length L2 mm SW6 G1¼ T2 G1 Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 10 mm, approx. 0.5 kg Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 180 mm, approx. 0.6 kg Separating piece: with seals approx. L = 55 mm, approx. 0.2 kg 1) When accessories are used, H and H1 increase by the dimension L Flange for Type 2233 and Type 223 G1 Ø11(Ø18) G1¼ 10(18) L2 L1 Fig. 7 Dimensions of accessories Ø29.5 Ø110(Ø100) Ø10 Flange PN 6, outer 10 Flange DN 32/PN 0, dimensions in parentheses Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connection for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors G 1 threaded connection, PN 0, made of bronze, steel or CrNiMo steel Flange DN 32, PN 0, with immersion tube made of steel or CrNiMo steel PTFE immersion tube, PN 6 (flange PN 0) Thermowell typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, threaded connection G 1, PN 100 Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element against impermissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece is mounted between the valve and operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 220 C. The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece. In combinations with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor, an extension piece is required for temperatures over 150 C. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Manual override Hv with travel indication HvS with electric signal transmitter 78 Data Sheet T 2133 EN

80 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulator Type 9 with balanced 1) three-way valve Flange connections ANSI version Application Temperature regulator with mixing or diverting valve designed for plants which are heated or cooled with liquids, including control thermostats for set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 C to +250 C) Three-way valves in NPS ½ to 6 (DN 15 to 150) Pressure rating Class 150 and 300 Suitable for temperatures up to 660 F (350 C) Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), temperature limiters (TL), safety temperature monitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. The regulators consist of a three-way valve and a control thermostat with temperature sensor, set point adjuster with excess temperature protection, capillary tube and operating element. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Wide set point range and easy adjustment of the set point Three-way valve with plug balancing 1) by a stainless steel bellows, optionally available with a plug arrangement to mix or divert liquids Flow rate across the port AB almost independent of the valve plug position Valve body made of cast steel or cast stainless steel Versions with double adapter for either installing a temperature limiter or attaching a second control thermostat. Refer to Data Sheet T 2036 EN for details. Versions Type 9 Temperature Regulators Type 2119 Three-way Valve NPS ½ to 1 not pressure balanced NPS 1 ½ to 6 balanced Class 150 and 300 Types 2231 to 2235 Control Thermostats Three-way valves with optional plug arrangements for either mixing or diverting service. Further details on the application of thermostats can be found in Information Sheet T 2010 EN Type 2119/2231 (Fig. 1) With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2231 Control Thermostat for liquids Set points from 15 to 300 F ( 10 to +150 C) Set point adjustment at the sensor Type 2119/2232 (Fig. 2) With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2232 Control Thermostat for liquids Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Separate set point adjustment Type 2119/2233 With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2233 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set points from 15 to 300 F ( 10 to +150 C) Set point adjustment at the sensor Type 2119/223 With Type 2119 Valve and Type 223 Control Thermostat for liquids, air and gases Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to +250 C) Separate set point adjustment Type 2119/2235 With Type 2119 Valve and Type 2235 Control Thermostat for air-heated storerooms as well as drying, climatic and heating cabinets Set points from 15 to 80 F ( 10 to 250 C) Separate set point adjustment and a sensor tube to be installed on site 1) NPS ½ to 1: Not balanced Fig. 1 Type 9 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 Control Thermostat Fig. 2 Type 9 Temperature Regulator with Type 2232 Control Valve, version with separate set point adjustment Special version Capillary tube 15 ft, 33 ft or 50 ft (5, 10 or 15 m) Capillary tube made of CrNiMo steel or plastic-coated copper Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Valve made completely of stainless steel (minimum material grade 1.301) Data Sheet T 213 EN

81 Principle of operation (Figs. 3 and ) The regulators operate according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (11), capillary tube (8) and operating element (7) are filled with an expansion liquid. The temperature-dependent change in volume of this liquid causes the operating element (7) to move and, as a result, also moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3). The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the seat (2) and plug (3). The set point is adjustable with a key (9) to a value which can be read off from the dial (10). With pressure balanced valves in valve sizes NPS 1 ½ to 6, the pressure at port B acts through a hole in the plug stem (5) onto the outer surface of the balancing bellows 1) (.1), whereas the pressure at port A acts onto the inner bellows area. This equalizes the forces acting onto the valve plugs (3). In mixing valves (Fig. 3 with plug arrangement I), the process media to be mixed enter through the ports A and B. The combined flow leaves at port AB. The flow rate from A or B to AB is determined by the area released between the seats (2) and plugs (3), i.e. by the position of the plug stem (5). When the temperature rises, port A opens and port B closes. In diverting valves (Fig. with plug arrangement II), however, the process medium enters through port AB and the diverted flows leave the valve at ports A or B. The flow rate from AB to A or B depends on the position of the plug stem A B Fig. 3 Type 9 Temperature Regulator with Type 2231 AB Thermostat and three-way valve with plug arrangement I, the arrows indicate mixing service ) Valves in NPS ½ to 1 are not balanced B 1 3 Installation Valve The thermostat connection (6) must be vertically suspended. Other mounting positions are possible on request. Make sure the direction of flow complies with the desired service type, i.e. mixing or diverting service. 2 3 A AB Capillary tube The capillary tube must be installed such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. The smallest possible bending radius is 2 (50 mm). Temperature sensor The bulb sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Fig. Type 2119 Three-way Valve with plug arrangement II, the arrows indicate diverting service Three-way valve 1 Valve body 2 Seats (replaceable) 3 Plug Bottom section (bellows housing) 5 Plug stem with spring 6 Thermostat connection (threaded nipple with coupling nut) Control thermostat 7 Operating element 8 Capillary tube 9 Key for set point adjustment 10 Set point dial 11 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) 80 Data Sheet T 213 EN

82 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in psi/bar (gauge). The specified permissible pressures and differential pressures are limited by the values specified in the pressure-temperature diagram and the nominal pressure ratings. Type 2119 Three-way valve Pressure rating Class 150 and 300 C V and K VS coefficients and max. perm. differential pressures p Valve size NPS ½ ¾ 1 1 ½ 2 2 ½ 3 6 C V in US gal/min Mixing valve K VS in m 3 /h when p in B > p in A when p in A > p in B Diverting valve (when AB to A or B) Permissible temperature at the valve p in psi p in bar p in psi p in bar C V in US gal/min K VS in m 3 /h p in psi p in bar F/660 F (220 C/350 C) See pressure-temperature diagram in T 2010 EN Types 2231 to 2235 Thermostats Size 150 Set point ranges (set point range 100 K) Permissible ambient temperature at the set point adjustment head Permissible temperature at the sensor Permissible pressure at the sensor Type 2231/ to 195 F, 70 to 250 F, 120 to 300 F For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 210 to 390 F, 300 to 80 F 10 to +90 C, 20 to 120 C or 50 to 150 C For Types 2232, 223, 2235 also 100 to 200 C, 150 to 250 C 0 to +150 F 0 to +80 C 100 K above the adjusted set point Without thermowell: Class 300 With thermowell: Class 300/600 With thermowell with flange: Class 300/600 Type 2233/223 Without thermowell: Class 100 With flange: Class 50/100 Length of the capillary tube 10 ft/3 m (special version: 16 ft, 33 ft, 50 ft/5, 10, 15 m) Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to ASTM and DIN EN Type 2119 Three-way Valve Valve size NPS ½ to 6 Up to NPS Nominal pressure PN 16 Class 150 and 300 Body Cast iron A216 WCC Cast stainless steel A351 CF8M Seat and plug Steel (1.301 with NPS 6) Plug stem/spring 1.301/1.310 Balancing bellows 1) Bellows housing Body gasket Graphite on metal core Extension piece/separating piece Brass (special version: stainless steel 1.301) Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and ) Control Thermostats Operating element Sensor Capillary tube Thermowell Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Threaded connection 1 NPT Immersion tube Threaded nipple Flanged connection Immersion tube Flange Standard version Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated brass Special version Stainless steel Type 2235 Copper 1) NPS ½ to 1: without balancing bellows 2) Type 2235 not available in stainless steel version Nickel-plated copper Nickel-plated bronze Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated steel Steel Steel Plastic-coated copper or stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Data Sheet T 213 EN

83 Arrangement of temperature regulators with three-way valves - depending on the plug arrangement in valve - Schematics Plug arrangement I Mixing service Heating Cooling B B B A AB A AB A B AB A AB B A AB Port B closes and A opens as the temperature rises Plug arrangement II Diverting service B Flow pipe B Mixing valve Return flow pipe Heating Flow pipe B Mixing valve Return flow pipe Cooling A AB A AB B A AB A AB B A AB Port A closes and B opens as the temperature rises Flow pipe Diverting valve Return flow pipe Flow pipe Diverting valve Return flow pipe Typetested safety devices The register number is available on request. The following versions are available: Temperature regulators (TR) with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 or Type 2235 Thermostat and a Type 2119 Three-way Valve in sizes NPS ½ to 6, for which the max. operating pressure must not exceed the max. permissible differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Sensor without thermowell: applicable up to 600 psi Sensor with thermowell: only use SAMSON 1 NPT version made of bronze or stainless steel in Class 150 Thermowells typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 600. Further details on the selection and application of typetested equipment can be found in Information Sheet T 200 EN. Additionally, the following versions are available: Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL). For details, refer to Data Sheets T 203 EN and T 206 EN. Dynamic behavior of the thermostat The dynamics of the regulator mainly depends on the dynamic behavior of the associated sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table 3 lists the time constants of SAMSON thermostats operating according to different functional principles when measuring in water. Table 3 Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Functional principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible 82 Data Sheet T 213 EN

84 Table Dimensions and weights Type 2119 Three-way Valve NPS ½ ¾ 1 1½ 2 2½ 3 6 inch Class 150 mm L inch Class 300 mm H2 H1 H Class 150 inch mm Class 300 inch mm Up to 30 F without inch Up to 220 C extension piece mm Up to 660 F with inch Up to 350 C extension piece mm Up to 30 F without inch Up to 220 C extension piece mm Up to 660 F with inch Up to 350 C extension piece mm Weight 1) approx. lb approx. kg Thermostats Type 2231 Type 2232 Type 2233 Type 223 Type 2235 Immersion depth T 11. (290 mm) 2) 9.25 (235 mm) 2) 16.9 (30 mm) 18.1 (60 mm) (360 mm) Weight, approx. 7 lb (3.2 kg) 8.8 lb (.0 kg) 7.5 lb (3. kg) 8.1 lb (3.7 kg) 7.9 lb (3.6 kg) 1) +10 % for Class 300 2) Larger immersion depths on request Type 2119 Three-way Valve Type 2231/2233 Control Thermostat Type 2232/223 H2 H1 L H 1NPT 12.2" (315) T Ø1" (Ø25) 1NPT G1 11." (290) 16.2" (10) G1 Ø1" (Ø25) T With separate set point adjustment Fig. 5 Dimensions of valve and thermostat Accessories Thermowells with threaded or flanged connections for Types 2231 and 2232 Bulb Sensors 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 300, made of bronze/steel or CrNiMo steel NPS 1½ flanged connection, Class 300, with immersion tube made of CrNiMo steel/steel Thermowells typetested by DVGW for flammable gases, 1 NPT threaded connection, Class 600 Mounting parts for Types 2233 and 223 Clamps for wall mounting Perforated cover for thermostat To protect the operating element from inadmissible operating conditions, an extension piece or separating piece must be installed between the valve and the operating element. An extension piece is needed for temperatures over 30 F (220 C). The standard version does not have sealing. The special version of the extension piece for NPS ½ to is made of stainless steel and has a bellows seal. It additionally acts as a separating piece. An extension piece is required for temperatures over 300 F (150 C) when valves with cast iron or spheroidal graphite iron bodies are used together with Type 2212 Safety Temperature Limiter or Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor. A separating piece is made of brass (for water and steam) or CrNi steel (for water and oil). A separating piece must be used when a seal between thermostat and valve is required. Separating pieces made of CrNi steel must be used when all wetted parts are to be free of non-ferrous metals. In addition, it prevents the medium from leaking while the thermostat is being replaced. Manual adjuster Ma with travel indicator MaS with electric signal transmitter Data Sheet T 213 EN

85 Accessories Thermowells for Type 2231/2232 Control Thermostat Type Immersion depth T2 321 mm 26 mm Clamps and perforated cover for wall mounting 1.8" (5) SW 1.8" (SW6) Ø5" (127) Ø3.8" (98.) Ø0.3" (Ø6.5) 1." (35) 1 NPT G1¼ 0.69" (17.5) 0.3" (8) 19.7" (500) T2 (Ø28) Ø1.1" x 0.36" ( x Ø15.9) T2 Thermowell with threaded connection 1 NPT/Class " (Ø28) with flanged connection NPS 1 ½/Class " (30) 2." (60) Thermowells for flammable gases, 1 NPT/Class 600 Control thermostat Type 2231 Type 2232 Length L1 Length L2 SW1.8" (SW6) inch mm inch mm L2 L1 G1¼ 1 NPT Ø1.2" (Ø30) SW 1. (SW 36) 2.7" (69) Extension piece/separating piece Extension piece: Standard version L = approx. 5.5 (10 mm), approx. 1.1 lb (0.5 kg) Special version (with bellows seal) L = approx. 7.1 (180 mm), approx. 1.3 lb (0.6 kg) Separating piece: with seals L = approx. 2.1 (55 mm), approx. 0. lb (0.2 kg) 1) When accessories are used, the H and H1 increase by the dimension L Fig. 6 Dimensions of accessories Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 9/... NPS... Mixing or diverting valve Body material, Class With Thermostat Type Set point range F ( C) Length of capillary tube ft (m) If required, special version..., accessories 8 Data Sheet T 213 EN

86 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Typetested Safety Devices Type 1/..., Type /..., Type 8/..., Type 9/... Application Control, limitation, safety monitoring and safety limitation of the energy supplied to heat generators or heat exchangers which must be equipped with typetested devices. The safety devices are used to control and protect indirectly heated heat generators in heating and service water heating installations. Note Typetested devices are available for installations complying with DIN 77-1, DIN EN and DIN 753. The temperature regulators, temperature limiters, safety temperature monitors and safety temperature limiters are compulsory according to the relevant regulations (e.g. DIN 77-1, DIN EN and DIN 753) for installations with heat generators or heat exchangers which are heated by steam, hot liquids or by district heating systems. These devices must be tested for reliability and certified accordingly. Therefore the devices listed in this Information Sheet have been tested by TÜV (German Technical Inspectorate) and licensed with a register number. >110 C STL <95 C _ <100 C TR STL Device designation The designation of safety devices is stipulated in DIN EN 1597 (thermostats and temperature limiters for heat generating systems). The temperatures specified in Figs. 1 to 3 are intended only as a guide to the typical application ranges of the devices shown. The devices needed in each case must meet the requirements of the installation and comply with the relevant safety regulations. Temperature regulators (TR), which are typetested, are necessary in many installations. They constantly measure the temperature as a controlled variable, compare it with a given set point, adjust the actual temperature to the set point and interrupt the energy supply when the temperature exceeds the set point. Safety temperature monitors (STM) interrupt the energy supply when the temperature reaches the adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor (Figs. 2 and 3). They reset themselves automatically when the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been corrected. Safety temperature limiters (STL) interrupt and block the energy supply when the temperature reaches the adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor (Fig. 1). They can only be reset and put back into operation with a tool when the temperature has fallen below the limit and the fault has been corrected. Pressure limiters (PL) interrupt and block the energy supply when the pressure reaches the adjusted limit value. They can only be reset and put back into operation when the pressure has fallen below the limit and the fault has been corrected. Fig. 1 Hot water installation according to DIN 753 Fig. 2 Heating system with safety temperature monitor according to DIN 77-1 TR STM STL >120 C >100 C STM <120 C STM TR Fig. 3 Hot water heating with temperature regulator and safety temperature monitor according to DIN 77-1 Temperature regulator Safety temperature monitor Safety temperature limiter < _ 75 C Information Sheet T 200 EN

87 Typetested Safety Devices Versions for DN 15 to 150 PN 16 to 0 Limit values up to 120 C The temperature sensors of the regulators and limiters function according to the liquid expansion principle or the adsorption principle. The temperature-dependent pressure change in the sensor causes the valve plug position to change, thus changing the flow rate of the heating medium. Safety devices are available with globe or three-way valves. Dynamic behavior of thermostats The regulator's dynamics basically depends on the response behavior of the sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table 2 shows the time constants of SAMSON thermostats working according to different operating principles measured in water. Table 1 Overview of temperature regulators Type 1/... Table 2 Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Operating principle Liquid expansion Type Control Thermostat Time constant in seconds Without thermowell With ) ) ) Adsorption ) 0 1) Not permissible With Type Valve DN/G Data Sheet 2111 DN 15 to 50 T 2111 EN 2111 G ½ to 1 T 2112 EN 1 u/ DN 15 to 50/G ½ to 1 T 2113 EN /... T 2121 EN 211 DN 15 to 250 u/... T 2123 EN 8/ DN 15 to 50 T 2131 EN Temperature regulators (TR) (Fig. ) These devices consist of a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 or 2235 Control Thermostat and a Type 2111, 211, 2118 or 2119 Valve. They control the temperature and interrupt the energy supply when the temperature exceeds the adjusted set point. Typetested regulators Typetested temperature regulators (TR) are available. The register number is available on request. Fig..1 Type 2111/2231 or Type 211/2231 Fig..2 Type 2118/2231 or Type 2119/2231 Fig. Temperature regulators (TR) with Type 2231 Thermostat STM STM Safety temperature monitors (STM) (Fig. 5) These devices consist of a Type 2213 Safety Thermostat and a Type 2111, 211, 2118 or 2119 Valve. The safety thermostat does not only close the valve when the temperature reaches its limit value, adjustable between 10 to 90 C or 20 to 120 C, but also when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor. It resets itself automatically when the fault has been removed and the temperature has fallen below the limit. Fig. 5.1 Type 2111/2213 or Type 211/ Fig. 5.2 Type 2118/2213 or Type 2119/ Fig. 5 Safety temperature monitors (STM) with Type 2213 Safety Thermostat 86 Information Sheet T 200 EN

88 Combination of temperature regulators (TR) with safety temperature monitors (STM) (Fig. 6) The attached control thermostat takes on the task of a temperature regulator (TR) in the TR/STM combination. A three-way valve can be used instead of a globe valve also in this version. TR 1 STM Typetested regulators Typetested safety temperature monitors with a Type 2213 Safety Thermostat are available. The register number is available on request. Refer to Data Sheet T 203 EN for further details. 3 5 Safety temperature limiters (STL) (Fig. 7) These devices consist of a Type 2212 Safety Thermostat and a Type 2111, 211, 2118 or 2119 Valve. The spring mechanism in the safety thermostat closes and locks the valve when the temperature reaches the limit value, adjustable within the range between 10 and 95 C, between 20 to 120 C and between 30 and 170 C, when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor. The additional electromagnetic release device or the attachable pressure element closes and locks the valve when the safety interlock circuit is interrupted, when the temperature exceeds the adjusted limit value or when the device or the power fails. It can only be reset and put back into operation with a special tool when the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed. Combination of temperature regulator TR with safety temperature limiter STL (TR/STL) with safety temperature limiter STL and pressure limiter PL (TR/STL/PL) The control thermostat, additionally attached to the safety thermostat, functions in the combinations TR/STL (Fig. 8) and TR/STL/PL (Fig. 9) as a temperature regulator (TR) and the pressure element (Type 201) as a pressure limiter (PL). The globe valve can be replaced by a three-way valve in all versions. Typetested regulators The register number is available on request for the typetested version with: Type 2212 Safety Thermostat Type 201 Pressure Element. Refer to Data Sheet T 206 EN for further details. Fig. 6 Temperature regulator and safety temperature monitor (TR/STM) with Type 2231 Control Thermostat and Type 2213 Safety Thermostat, Type 211/2231/2213 Fig. 7 Safety temperature limiter (STL) with Type 2212 Safety Thermostat, Type 2111/2212 or Type 211/2212 Fig. 8 Temperature regulator and safety temperature limiter (TR/STL) with control and safety thermostat, Type 211/2231/2212 Extended safety according to DIN EN 1597 Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are designed for extended safety according to DIN EN 1597, since they are also effective even when a defect occurs. Legend for Figs. 6 to 11 1 Type 2111 or Type 211 Globe Valve 2 Type 2118 or Type 2119 Three-way Valve 3 Type 2231 Control Thermostat (optionally also Type 2232, Type 2233, Type 223 or Type 2235) 5 Type 2213 Safety Thermostat 7 Type 2212 Safety Thermostat 8 Type 201 Pressure Element 10 Optional electric signal transmitter or electromagnetic release device Fig. 9 Temperature regulator, safety temperature limiter and pressure limiter (TR/STL/PL), Type 211/2231/2212/201 Information Sheet T 200 EN

89 Special version The safety temperature limiters and pressure limiters are equipped optionally with an electric signal transmitter and/or an electromagnetic release device. The signal transmitter contains a microswitch (max. permissible load: 230V~, 10 A at ohmic load) which provides a limit signal when the temperature has exceeded the limit value or the sensor fails (capillary tube rupture). The solenoid of the electromagnetic release device is connected in a safety interlock circuit. It is energized in normal operation. When the safety interlock circuit is interrupted the solenoid is de-energized and releases the spring mechanism via a lever, which closes the valve. Fig. 10 Circuit diagram of the signal transmitter PE N L 230V 50Hz Black Brown unlocked Blue locked PE H Fig. 11 Circuit diagram of the electromagnetic release device 88 Information Sheet T 200 EN

90 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Safety Temperature Monitors (STM) with Safety Thermostat Type 2213 Application Safety temperature monitoring of the energy supplied to heat generators or heat exchangers by closing the valve. For limit signals from 10 to 120 C With valves in sizes DN 15 to 150 PN 16 to 0 Max. 350 C Note Devices typetested acc. to DIN EN 1597 are available for installations acc. to DIN 77-1 or DIN EN Refer to Information Sheet T 200 EN for details on the use of the safety temperature monitors. Safety temperature monitors with a valve and a Type 2213 Safety Thermostat operate without auxiliary energy and are designed for extended safety acc. to DIN EN The valve is closed by a spring mechanism when the temperature reaches an adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube breaks or when leakage occurs in the sensor system. The thermostat is reset and the regulator put back into operation automatically as soon as the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed. Versions Safety temperature monitors consist of a Type 2111 or Type 211 Globe Valve or a Type 2118 or Type 2119 Three-way Valve and a Type 2213 Safety Thermostat The Type 2213 Safety Thermostat consists of a temperature sensor (including thermowell f required) with limit value adjuster, capillary tube and operating element with spring mechanism. Safety temperature monitors (Figs. 1 and 3) Type 2111/2213 With Type 2111 Globe Valve for DN 15 to DN 50 and Type 2213 Thermostat Unbalanced With flanges Type 211/2213 With Type 211 Globe Valve for DN 15 to DN 150 and Type 2213 Thermostat Balanced With flanges Type 2118/2213 With Type 2118 Three-way Valve for DN 15 to DN 50 and Type 2213 Thermostat Unbalanced With flanges Type 2119/2213 With Type 2119 Three-way Valve for DN 15 to DN 150 and Type 2213 Thermostat Balanced 1) With flanges Temperature regulators and safety temperature monitors (TR/STM) (Figs. 2 and ) consist of one of the above mentioned instruments Type.../2213 and a Type 2231 Control Thermostat typetested acc. to DIN EN 1597, for example: Type 211/2231/2213 With Type 211 Valve for DN 15 to DN 150 PN 16 to PN 0 Type 2231 Control Thermostat and Type 2213 Safety Thermostat In these combinations, the Type 2231 Control Thermostat can also be replaced by Types 2232 to 2235 Control Thermostats typetested acc. to DIN EN Details and technical data can be found in the Data Sheets: T 2111 EN With Type 2111 Globe Valve T 2121 EN With Type 211 Globe Valve T 2131 EN With Type 2118 Three-way Valve T 2133 EN With Type 2119 Three-way Valve 1) DN 15 to DN 25 unbalanced 2 1 Type 2213 Safety Thermostat 2 Globe valve (Type 2111 or Type 211) 3 Three-way valve (Type 2118 or Type 2119) Type 2231 Control Thermostat 1 STM Fig. 1 Type 2111/2213 or Type 211/2213 safety temperature monitor (STM) 3 1 STM Fig. 3 Type 2119/2213 safety temperature monitor (STM) TR 2 STM Fig. 2 Type 2111/2231/ 2213 or Type 211/2231/ 2213 temperature regulator and safety temperature monitor (TR/STM) TR STM Fig. Type 2119/2231/ 2213 temperature regulator and safety temperature monitor (TR/STM) Data Sheet T 203 EN

91 Principle of operation (Fig. 5) The safety temperature monitors work according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor (12), the capillary tube (9) and the operating element (8) are filled with an expansion liquid. The temperature-dependent change in volume of the liquid contained in the bulb sensor (12) causes the piston in the operating element (8) to move, thus also moving the pin of the operating element (7) and consequently the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3). The temperature limit is adjustable with a key (10). This limit value is indicated on the dial (11). The thermostat closes the associated valve when the temperature reaches the adjusted temperature limit. The thermostat resets itself automatically when the temperature has fallen to a value of approx. 5 K below the adjusted limit. The spring mechanism is released when the capillary tube breaks or when there is a leak in the sensor. It moves the plug stem (5) with the attached plug (3) over the pin (7) and closes and locks the valve. Installation Valve Install the valve in a horizontal pipeline with the operating element of the thermostat vertically suspended. Make sure the direction of flow through the valve matches the arrow on the body. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. When combining a Type 2213 Safety Temperature Monitor with a Type 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 or 2235 Control Thermostat, make sure there is a minimum difference of approx. 15 K between the adjusted limit temperature and the set point temperature. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range (approx. temperature: 20 C) is not exceeded. The smallest permissible bending radius is 50 mm. Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Special installation regulations according to VdTÜV Only install the valve with a strainer (e.g. Type 2 NI according to Data Sheet T 1015 EN) mounted upstream of the valve inlet. Only use the supplied SAMSON thermowells. Register numbers of devices tested acc. to DIN EN 1597 The test marks assigned in the typetest of the Type 2213 Safety Thermostat (STM) with Types 2111, 211, 2118 and 2119 Valves and Types 2231, 2232, 2233, 223 and 2235 Control Thermostats are available on request. Fig. 5 Type 211/2213, safety temperature monitor (STM) Type 211 Globe Valve and Type 2213 Safety Thermostat 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Bellows housing.1 Balancing bellows 5 Plug stem with spring 6 G 1 coupling nut 7 Connection piece with pin of the operating element Accessories 8 Operating element with spring element 8.1 Electric signal transmitter 9 Capillary tube 10 Key to adjust the limit value 11 Limit value dial 12 Temperature sensor (bulb sensor) with thermowell Extension piece to protect the operating element against excessive temperatures 1) made of Brass or CrNi steel Thermowell with G 1 threaded connection made of Bronze, PN 0 or CrNiMo steel, PN 0 Special versions Electric signal transmitter for remote transmission of plant states. This transmitter contains a microswitch (max. permissible load: 230 V, 10 A at ohmic load), which provides a limit signal when the temperature has exceeded the limit value or the sensor fails (capillary tube breakage) Special K VS coefficient (reduced) for Type 2111/2213 or Type 211/ or 15 m capillary tube made of copper or 5, 10 or 15 m capillary tube made of plastic-coated copper (10/15 m not typetested) 1) Type 2118: The use of an extension piece does not permit the maximum permissible temperature to be increased 90 Data Sheet T 203 EN

92 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Valves Nominal size DN ) 250 1) Type 2111 Further details on the technical data of the valves and See Data Sheet T 2111 EN Type 211 See Data Sheet T 2121 EN control thermostats can be Type 2118 found in the listed data See Data Sheet T 2131 EN Type 2119 sheets. See Data Sheet T 2133 EN Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Type 2213 Safety Thermostat for STM Adjustable limit value range 10 to 90 C 20 to 120 C Permissible ambient temperature range at the limit value adjuster Permissible temperature at the sensor Permissible pressure at the sensor 0 to +80 C 100 K above adjusted temperature limit With G 1 thermowell PN 0 Without thermowell PN 10 Capillary tube length 5 m 2) 1) Type 211 only: on request 2) Special version 10 or 15 m made of copper and 5, 10 or 15 m made of plastic-coated copper (10 and 15 m not typetested) Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 2213 Safety Thermostat for STM Standard version Special version Operating element Nickel-plated brass Sensor Nickel-plated bronze Capillary tube Nickel-plated copper Plastic-coated copper Thermowell with conductive plate G 1 Immersion tube Nickel-plated bronze Threaded nipple Nickel-plated brass Stainless steel Ordering text Safety temperature monitor (STM) Type 2111/2213, Type 211/2213, Type 2118/2213 or Type 2119/2213 PN..., DN K VS coefficient Body material With Type 2213 Safety Thermostat Limit value range C Optionally, accessories Optionally, special version Temperature regulator with safety temperature monitor (TR/STM) Type 2111/2231/2213, Type 211/2231/2213, Type 2118/2231/2213 or Type 2119/2231/2213 PN..., DN..., K VS coefficient..., Body material With Type 2231 Thermostat Capillary tube m, set point range... C and Type 2213 Safety Thermostat Capillary tube m, limit value range C Optionally, accessories Optionally, special version Data Sheet T 203 EN

93 Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights Nominal size DN Valve Type 211 Type 2111 (211) Type 2111 Type 211 Length L H1 Dimensions Without extension piece ) /152 ) /(225) 225 3) /82 ) With extension piece ) / ) /(365) 365 3) / ) Weight (body PN 16) 2) Approx. kg Valve Type 2119 Type 2118/2119 Type 2118 Type 2119 Length L H H1 Without extension piece 1) / With extension piece 1) 375 / Weight (body PN 16) 2) Approx. kg / 1.5/ Overall height H Type 2213 Safety Thermostat Approx weight in kg Type.../2213 STM H = H TR/STM H = H / 19 Thermostat 5 Thermowell 0.5 1) Type 2118: The use of an extension piece does not permit the maximum permissible temperature to be increased 2) +15 % for PN 25 or PN 0 3) Type 2111: valve made of and stainless steel ) Type 2111: valve made of EN-JS109 and EN-JL100 Type 2111/2213 Type 211/2213 Type 2118/2213 Type 2119/2213 safety temperature monitors On request Type 211 Valve Type 2111 Valve of , stainless steel Type 2111 Valve of EN-JS109, EN-JS100 Type 2118 Valve Type 2119 Valve L L L L H2 H G1 H1 G H G1 H1 H2 H G1 H1 H G1 H1 To safety thermostat To safety thermostat Safety thermostat Ø25 To safety thermostat Accessories G1 325 Thermowell for Type 2213 With G 1 threaded connection for PN 0 SW 36 G1 10 Extension piece (weight approx. 0.5 kg) When the extension piece is used, the H and H1 increase by approx. 10 mm Ø28 G1 Fig. 6 Dimensions 92 Data Sheet T 203 EN

94 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Safety Temperature Limiters (STL) with Safety Thermostat Type 2212 Application Safety temperature limitation of the energy supplied to heat generators or heat exchangers by closing and locking the valve. Additional pressure limitation when equipped with a pressure limiter (PL) or an electromagnetic release device. For limit signals from 10 to 170 C With valves in sizes DN 15 to 150 PN 16 to 0 Max. 350 C Note Typetested devices are available for installations acc. to DIN 753. Refer to Information Sheet T 200 EN for details on application of the safety temperature limiters. Safety temperature limiters (STL) with a valve and a Type 2212 Safety Thermostat operate without auxiliary energy and are designed for extended safety acc. to DIN EN The valve is closed and locked by a spring mechanism when the temperature reaches a limit, when the capillary tube ruptures or there is a leak in the sensor system. The limiters can only be reset and put back into operation with a tool after the temperature has fallen below the limit and the fault has been removed. Versions The Type 2212 Safety Thermostat consists of a temperature sensor (only with thermowell), capillary tube and an operating element with spring mechanism and limit value adjuster. Type 2111/2212 With Type 2111 Globe Valve for DN 15 to 50 and Type 2212 Thermostat Unbalanced With flanges Type 211/2212 With Type 211 Globe Valve for DN 15 to 150 and Type 2212 Thermostat Balanced With flanges Type 2118/2212 With Type 2118 Three-way Valve for DN 15 to 50 and Type 2212 Thermostat Unbalanced With flanges Type 2119/2212 With Type 2119 Three-way Valve for DN 15 to 150 and Type 2212 Thermostat Balanced 1) With flanges Temperature regulators and safety temperature limiters (TR/STL) (Fig. 2) consist of one of the above mentioned devices Type /2212 and a typetested Type 2231 Control Thermostat, for example: Type 211/2231/2212 With Type 211 Valve, Type 2231 Control Thermostat and Type 2212 Safety Thermostat. Special versions Optionally with an electric signal transmitter (7) for fault indication and/or an electromagnetic release device (6) with a solenoid for connection to a safety interlock circuit (Fig. 5) or with a Type 201 Pressure Element for limits from 1 to 10 bar. Temperature regulators, safety temperature limiters and pressure limiters (TR/STL/PL) acc. to Fig. consist of one of the above mentioned devices and a Type 201 Pressure Limiter. The Type 2231 Control Thermostat can be replaced by a typetested Type 2232 to Type 2235 Control Thermostat. Details and technical data can be found in the Data Sheets: Data Sheet T 2111 EN: With Type 2111 Globe Valve Data Sheet T 2121 EN: With Type 211 Globe Valve Data Sheet T 2131 EN: With Type 2118 Three-way Valve Data Sheet T 2133 EN: With Type 2119 Three-way Valve 1) DN 15 to DN 25: Unbalanced Fig. 1 Type 2111/2212 or Type 211/2212 Safety Temperature Limiter (STL) Fig. 3 Type 2118/2212 or Type 2119/2212 Safety Temperature Limiter (STL) Type 2212 Safety Thermostat 2 Globe valve (Type 2111 or Type 211) 3 Three-way valve (Type 2118 or Type 2119) Type 2231 Control Thermostat 3 STL STL TR Fig. 2 Type 2111/2231/2212 or Type 211/2231/2212 Temperature Regulator (TR) and Safety Temperature Limiter (STL) TR/PL Safety interlock circuit 5 Fig. Type 2111/2231/ 2212/201 or Type 211/ 2231/2212/201 Temperature Regulator, Safety Temperature Limiter and Pressure Limiter (TR/STL/PL) Fig. 5 Type 2212 Safety Thermostat with electromagnetic release device (6) in a safety interlock circuit Type 201 Pressure Limiter 6 Electromagnetic release device 7 Electric signal transmitter 2 2 STL STL Data Sheet T 206 EN

95 Principle of operation (Fig. 6) The safety temperature limiters (STL) are equipped with a temperature sensor which operates according to the adsorption principle. The medium temperature produces a pressure in the sensor (9) that corresponds to the actual temperature. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (10) to a positioning bellows, converted into a positioning force and compared with the force of a positioning spring. The spring force is adjusted at the limit value adjuster (11). If the actual temperature exceeds the adjusted limit, the spring mechanism in the operating element (8) releases and moves the pin (6) as well as the plug stem (5). The spring mechanism closes and locks the valve. The valve can only be unlocked and put back into operation with a special tool, after the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed Installation Valve The valves are to be installed in horizontal pipelines. The direction of medium flow through the valve must match the arrow on the body. The operating element of the thermostat must be suspended downwards. Capillary tube The capillary tube must be laid in such a way that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. The ambient temperature should not exceed the permissible limits. The smallest permissible bending radius is 50 mm. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor may be installed in any desired position. Its whole length must be immersed in the medium to be controlled. It should be installed in a location where overheating or considerable idle times cannot occur. Only the same kind of materials should be combined, for example thermowells of stainless steel can be installed into heat exchangers of stainless steel. Special installation regulations according to VdTÜV The valve may be only used with a strainer (e.g. Type 2NI acc. to Data Sheet T 1015 EN) installed upstream of the valve inlet. Only use SAMSON thermowells. 12 Type 211 Valve 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Bellows housing.1balancing bellows 5 Plug stem with spring Accessories Extension piece to protect the operating element against excessive temperatures 1) (see specifications in associated data sheet) Separating piece made of brass or CrNi steel Thermowell made of CrNiMo steel Special version An additional electromagnetic release device and/or electric signal transmitter for remote transmission of the plant state can be attached to the operating element (8). Special K VS coefficient (reduced) for Type 211/2212 or Type 2111/2212. With Type 201 Pressure Limiter (PL) 10 m capillary tube (not typetested). 11 Safety thermostat 6 Pin of operating element 7 Coupling nut G 1 8 Operating element with spring element 9 Temperature sensor with thermowell 10 Capillary tube 11 Limit value adjuster (Type 2212) 12 Connection for control thermostat Fig. 6 Type 211/2212 Safety Temperature Limiter (STL) Register numbers of devices tested acc. to DIN EN 1597 Test marks assigned in the typetest to the Type 2212 Safety Thermostat with Type 2111, Type 211, Type 2118 and Type 2119 Valves and Type 2231, Type 2232, Type 2233, Type 223 and Type 2235 Control Thermostats as well as Type 201 Pressure Limiter are available on request. 1) Type 2118: The use of an extension piece does not allow an increase in the maximum permissible temperature. 9 Data Sheet T 206 EN

96 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Valves Nominal size DN Type 2111 Further details on technical data of See Data Sheet T 2111 EN Type 211 valves and See Data Sheet T 2121 EN Type 2118 control thermostats can See Data Sheet T 2131 EN Type 2119 be found in the data sheets listed. See Data Sheet T 2133 EN Nominal pressure PN 16 to 0 Type 2212 Safety Thermostat for STL Size 50 Size 150 Adjustable range of limit value 10 to 95 C 20 to 120 C 30 to 170 C Permissible ambient temperature with electromagnetic release device Permissible temperature at sensor 20 to +80 C 20 to +60 C Max. 20 K above adjusted set point Capillary tube length 5 m (special version 10 m) 1) Permissible pressure at sensor with thermowell G ½ Electromagnetic release device Power supply PN V (AC) +5/ 10 %, 50 Hz or 2 V (DC) Degree of protection IP 5 Power consumption Electric signal transmitter 1) Not typetested 31 VA (100 % ED) Permissible load: 230 V (AC), 10 A at ohmic load Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Type 2213 Safety Thermostat for STL Standard version Special version Operating element GD AlSi 12 (230) Connection piece 1.10 Sensor Only with thermowell and conducting plate Thermowell Copper SF-Cu F20 Stainless steel Capillary tube Copper SF-Cu F20 Ordering text Safety Temperature Limiter Type.../2212 Nominal pressure PN..., nominal size DN K VS coefficient..., body material With Type 2212 Safety Thermostat limit value range C limit value adjusted C (normal 90 or 110 C) Optional accessories Optional special version Temperature Regulator with Safety Temperature Limiter Type.../2231/2212 Nominal pressure PN..., nominal size DN..., K VS coefficient..., body material With Type 2231 Thermostat, capillary tube m, set point range... C and Type 2212 Safety Thermostat, capillary tube m, limit value range C limit value adjusted C (normal 90 or 110 C) Optional accessories Optional special version Data Sheet T 206 EN

97 Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights Nominal size DN Type 211 Type 2111 (211) Type 2111 Type 211 Length L H1 Without extension piece ) /152 ) /(225) 225 3) /82 ) With extension piece ) / ) /(365) 365 3) / ) Weight (body PN 16) 2) Approx. kg Type 2119 Type 2118/2119 Type 2118 Type 2119 Length L H H1 Without extension piece 1) / With extension piece 1) 375 / Weight (body PN 16) 2) Approx. kg / 1.5/ H1 Type.../2212 SL H = H TR/STL H = H Type 2212 Safety Thermostat Weight, approx. in kg 3.5 1) Type 2118: The use of an extension piece does not allow an increase in the maximum permissible temperature. 2) +15 % for PN 25 and PN 0 3) Type 2111: valve material and stainless steel ) Type 2111: valve material EN-JS 109 and EN-JL / On request Dimensions Safety Temperature Limiters with Type 2212 Safety Thermostat Type 211 Valve (1.0619, stainless steel) Type 2111 Valve (EN-JS 109, EN-JS 100) Type 2118 Valve Type 2119 Valve L H H1 G1 L G Type 2212 Safety Thermostat G½ Ø12 G1 H L H1 Type 2212 G1 188 H2 H G1 L H1 Type 2212 G1 188 H2 H1 G1 H G1 Type Fig. 7 Dimensions Circuit diagrams Electromagnetic release device Electric signal transmitter PE N L 230V 50Hz PE H Black Brown: unlocked Blue: locked Fig. 8 Circuit diagrams 96 Data Sheet T 206 EN

98 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 PN 25 Class 250 DN 15 to 50 NPS ½ to 2 G ½ to 1 ½ to 1 NPT Up to 200 o C Up to 390 o F Information Sheet T 2170 EN

99 Series 3 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Thermostat Valve Connection Applications with Steam Water, liquids Oil Air, non-flammable gases Heating Cooling Mixing Globe valve Three-way valve Pressure-balanced Not balanced Threaded flanges Female thread Welding ends 1) Threaded ends 1) Nominal size G ½ to 1 DN 15 to 50 G ½ to 1 G ½ to 1 DN 32 to 50 DN 15 to 50 G ½ to 1 DN 15 to 50 DN 15 Nominal pressure PN 25 PN 16 Perm. temperature 150 C 150 C 200 C 150 C 150 C 200 C 150 C 150 C 120 C Red brass Body material St. steel With thermostat Type 230 K Set point 0 to 35 C 25 to 70 C 0 to 100 C 50 to 120 C 70 to 150 C 0 to 100 C Double adapter/man. adjuster Sensor material Thermowell Copper Optionally copper or stainless steel Type ) ) 3-7 3) ) 3-2 N Data Sheet T 2171 EN T 2172 EN T 2173 EN T 2186 EN Type 200 Safety Temperature Monitor for cryogenic applications on request (see T 2090 EN). 1) Connecting thread G ¾ B to attach soldering ends, welding ends or threaded ends 2) In the version with male thread for welding ends, threaded ends or flanges also available as diverting valve 3) DN 32 to 50: also with flanged body made of EN-JS109 (DIN version only) Thermostats and temperature sensors Series 3 Temperature Regulators are fitted with Type 230 K Thermostats. The temperature sensors can be used for operating pressures up to 0 bar (580 psi) and set points up to 150 C (300 F). Refer to corresponding data sheets for details. Combined regulators To attach further thermostats and control equipment, a double adapter can be installed between valve and control thermostat (see Data Sheet T 2176 EN). The regulators can be combined with flow and differential pressure regulators. 10 Control thermostat 11 Housing with spring mechanism 20 Double adapter (housing) 21 Type 239 K Safety Thermostat (STL) 22 Temperature sensor with thermowell TR Temperature regulator STL Safety temperature limiter Temperature sensor with thermowell Fig. 1 Thermostat with various sensor versions Temperature regulator with double adapter Do3 K Fig. 2 Combined regulators 21 STL with screw gland 11 TR Temperature regulator with safety temperature limiter (STL) 98 Information Sheet T 2170 EN

100 ANSI version DN 15 ½ to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2 ½ to 1 NPT NPS 1¼ to 2 ½ to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2 ½ to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2 PN 25/16 Class C/120 C 1) 300 F 300 F 390 F 300 F 300 F 390 F 300 F 300 F 230 K 5 to 65 C 30 to 95 F 75 to 160 F 105 to 210 F 125 to 250 F 160 to 300 F CrNiMo Without Copper Optionally copper or stainless steel T 2178 T 2175 EN T 217 EN T 2177 EN 1) Max. permissible valve temperature Safety thermostats The Type 203 K Safety Thermostat for safety temperature monitors (STM) consists of a temperature sensor without thermowell, limit adjuster, capillary tube and connecting element. The Type 239 K Safety Thermostat for safety temperature limiters (STL) consists of a housing with spring mechanism and thermostat with capillary tube, bulb sensor as well as a thermowell. They can also be supplied with an electric signal transmitter for the remote transmission of a fault. Dynamic behavior of thermostats The regulator's dynamics basically depends on the response behavior of the sensor with its characteristic time constant. Table 1 shows the time constants of SAMSON thermostats working according to different operating principles measured in water. Table1 Time constants of SAMSON thermostats Operating principle Type Without thermowell With Adsorption 230 K 15 s 1) 30 s 2) 0 s 1) 80 s 2) 239 K 3) 0 s Vapor pressure 203 K 3 s 3) 1) DN 15 to 25 2) DN 32 to 50 3) Not permissible Type 203 K Fig. 3 Safety thermostats Fig. Type 239 K Safety Thermostat with electric signal transmitter Type 239 K 230 V~ Information Sheet T 2170 EN

101 Return temperature limiters Valves Thermostat Connection Applications with Steam Water Oil Air and non-flammable gases Heating Cooling Mixing Globe valve Angle valve Three-way valve Pressure-balanced Not balanced Threaded flanges Female thread Outlet Outlet Welding ends Threaded ends Inlet Nominal size G ½ to G 1 G 3 8 to G ½ G 3 8 to G ½ Nominal pressure PN 25 PN 16 PN 16 Perm. temperature 120 C Body material Brass With thermostat Type Installed Set point 20 to 70 C 10 to 60 C Double adapter/manual adjuster Sensor material Brass Type 3 D D E Data Sheet T 2080 EN Conversion factors The conversion factors commonly used for sizing, calculating and selecting valves are given below. K VS and C V coefficients The valve flow coefficients can be determined accurately using IEC 6053, Part 2-1 and Part 2-2. In addition, the equations specified in the ISA-S standard and the VDI/VDE Guideline 2173 can be used for this purpose. Calculating the K V coefficient according to the methods provided by the VDI/VDE guideline is sufficiently accurate in most cases. The equations can be found in SAMSON s AB 0 EN Calculation Sheet. K VS= 0.86 C V K VS [m³/h] C V = 1.17 K VS C V [U.S. gallons/min] Pressure 1 pound/square inch [lbs/in² = psi] = bar Area 1 square inch [sq.in; in²] = 6.52 cm² 1 cm² = in² Mass 1 pound [lb] = kg 1 kg = lb Mass flow 1 pound per second [lb/s] = kg/s 1 kg/s = lb/s Flow rate 1 U.S. gallon per min [US gal/min] = m³/h 1 m³/h =. US gal/min Temperature F = 9 5 C 32 C = 5 9 ( F 32) 1 bar = 1.5 psi 100 Information Sheet T 2170 EN

102 Pressure-temperature diagrams The pressures specified in the data sheets are the maximum pressure specifications. They are limited by the specifications of the associated pressure-temperature diagrams. The diagrams for DIN materials were created based on DIN EN and for ANSI materials according to ASME B16.1 and ASME B16.3. Pressure-temperature diagram according to DIN p 0 30 [bar] PN EN-JL , EN-JS109, CC91K/CC99K [ C] t Pressure-temperature diagram according to ANSI p [bar] [psi] Class 250 Class 150 Class 300 A A351 CF8M A A126B B A A216 WCC, C83600 Max. perm. inlet pressure in Type 3-x Class 125 t [ F] [ C] Fig. 5 Pressure-temperature diagram according to DIN/ANSI Information Sheet T 2170 EN

103 Principle of operation of Series 3 Temperature Regulators The measuring unit of self-operated temperature regulators withdraws the energy it requires from the process medium and releases enough force to move the valve stem. The regulators illustrated in the figures consist of a valve (1) and a control thermostat with set point adjuster (8), capillary tube (10) and a temperature sensor (11) which operates according to the adsorption principle 1). The medium temperature generates a pressure p t in the sensor (11) corresponding to the actual value. This pressure is transmitted to the bellows (9) through the capillary tube (10). The force F t = p t A is created at the effective area A of the metal bellows. This force corresponds to the controlled variable x. At the bottom of the metal bellows, it is compared to the spring force F s (= set point w), which depends on the set point adjustment. When the temperature changes, the plug (3) is moved until F t = F s. the back of the plug are pressurized. The downstream pressure is separated from the plug either by the bushing of a piston plug (Fig. 6.2) or by a metal bellows (Fig. 6.3). Regulators for heating installations Regulators illustrated in Figs. 6.2 and 6.3 are suitable for heating installations. The valve closes as the temperature at the sensor rises. 3 Plug 5 Bellows 1 p p p t Valve body 2 Valve seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Plug stem 5 Valve spring 7 Positioning spring(s) 8 Set point adjuster 9 Operating bellows 10 Capillary tube 11 Temperature sensor Fig. 6.3 Temperature regulator with plug balanced by a bellows, valve closes as the temperature rises Regulators for cooling installations Regulators illustrated in Fig. 6. are suitable for cooling installations. The valve opens as the temperature at the sensor rises. Fig. 6.1 Temperature regulator p1 p Pressure-balanced plug Control accuracy and stability depend on the disturbances that occur (e.g. changes in upstream pressure and flow). However, the regulators are designed to keep this impact low. The force exerted by the upstream pressure on the valve plug, for example, may be eliminated by using a pressure-balanced plug. The balanced plug has a bore so that both the front and 3 Plug 5 Bellows p p 1 2 p t 3 6 Fig. 6. Temperature regulator with plug balanced by a bellows, valve opens as the temperature rises 1) Special versions with small time constant, which operate according to the vapor pressure principle, are available. p t 3 Plug 6 Bushing Fig. 6.2 Temperature regulator with plug balanced by a piston, valve closes as the temperature rises 102 Information Sheet T 2170 EN

104 Series 3 Temperature Regulators Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any position and for operation at high permissible ambient temperatures Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors at operating pressures up to 0 bar Especially suitable for use in district heating supply systems Versions with globe valves Type 3-1 and Type 3-2 Temperature Regulators Regulators for heating installations With a plug balanced by a piston 1) The valve closes as the temperature rises Technical data Data Sheets T 2171 EN T 2175 EN Set point ranges 0 to 150 C 30 to 300 F Nominal size DN 15 to 50 NPS ½ to 2 G ½ to G 1 ½ to 1 NPT Nominal pressure PN 25 Class 250 Class 300 Temperatures Liquids Non-flammable gases Up to 150 C Up to 300 F Up to 80 C Up to 175 F Series N Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Temperature sensor can be mounted in any position For treated water up to 120 C at operating pressures up to 16 bar Especially suitable for local heat supply and large heating networks Type 3-2 N Temperature Regulator Temperature regulators for heating installations Valve closes as the temperature rises Technical data Set point ranges 0 to 100 C Nominal size DN 15 Nominal pressure PN 16 Temperature Treated water Up to 120 C Data Sheet T 2186 EN Type 3-5 and Type 3-7 Temperature Regulators Regulators for heating installations With a plug balanced by a piston 1) The valve closes as the temperature rises Technical data Data Sheets T 2172 EN T 217 EN Set point ranges 0 to 150 C 30 to 300 F Nominal size DN 15 to 50 NPS 1 2 to 2 G ½ to G 1 ½ to 1 NPT Nominal pressure PN 25 Class 250 Class 300 Temperatures Liquids and steam Non-flammable gases Up to 200 C Up to 390 F Up to 80 C Up to 175 F Type 3-6 Temperature Regulator Regulators for cooling installations With a plug balanced by a piston 1) The valve opens as the temperature rises Technical data Data Sheets T 2172 EN T 217 EN Set point ranges 0 to 150 C 30 to 300 F Nominal size DN 15 to 50 G ½ to G 1 ½ to 2 ½ to 1 NPT Nominal pressure PN 25 Class 250 Class 300 Temperatures Liquids Gases Versions with three-way valves Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator Up to 15 C Up to 300 F Up to 80 C Up to 175 F Temperature regulators for mixing and flow-diverting service in heating or cooling installations Technical data Data Sheets T 2173 EN T 2177 EN Set point ranges 0 to 150 C 30 to 300 F Nominal size DN 15 to 50 G ½ to G 1 ½ to 2 ½ to 1 NPT Nominal pressure PN 25 Class 250 Temperatures Water and oil Up to 150 C Up to 300 F 1) Pressure balancing is not necessary in versions with reduced K VS coefficients and small seat bores Type 3-2 Type 3-1 Type 3-5 2) Type 3-6 Type 3-3 Type 3-2 N Fig. 7 Series 3 Temperature Regulators 2) Type 3-5 and Type 3-7 are identical in design. The valve of Type 3-7 is designed with fitting for attachment of threaded or welding ends (DN 15 to 50). Information Sheet T 2170 EN

105 Type 3-8 and Type 3-8 N Temperature Regulators with Hydraulic Controller Temperature regulation of instantaneous water heaters in small district heating units, particularly in single- and two-family dwellings Regulation of small instantaneous water heaters Compact design, simple installation and operation Stable regulation already at tapped quantity of 2 l/min Idle temperature regulation Fast-responding vapor pressure thermostats Technical data Valve Type 232 K Nominal pressure PN 25/PN 16 1) Nominal size DN 15 K VS coefficient 2.5 Max. perm. temperature 130 C/120 C 1) Control thermostat Type 230 K Set point range 5 to 65 C Perm. pressure at sensor PN 0 Perm. temp. at set point adjuster 35 C Hydraulic controller Nominal pressure PN 16 Perm. ambient temperature 80 C 1) Type 3-8 N Type 238 K Data Sheet T 2178 EN Type 3 D, Type D and Type E Return Flow Temperature Limiters Limiters for the return flow temperature in district heating systems and other heating installations The valve closes as the temperature rises Technical data Set point range +10 to +70 C Nominal size Nominal pressure PN 25/PN 16 Max. perm. temperature 120 C Data Sheet T 2080 EN G ½ to G 1 or G 3 8 bis G ½ Type 200 Temperature Regulator for special applications The Type 200 Safety Temperature Monitor is used for protection of consumer plants, especially in cryogenics. The regulator with integrated temperature sensor and set point adjuster closes whenever the medium temperature falls below the adjusted set point or when the sensor fails (safety function). Suitable for cryogenic gases and liquids as well as other liquids, gases and vapors Technical data Data Sheet T 2090 EN 1) Set point range 30 to 70 C Connection Operating pressure Conical joint G 1¼ A Max. 0 bar Temperature range 60 to +60 C 1) See Volume 1 of Self-operated Regulators Catalog Temperature regulators with double adapter or manual adjuster Double adapter Do3 K The double adapter can be installed between valve and control thermostat for the attachment of further thermostats to apply additional controlled variables. The adapter is suited to attach max. two control thermostats or control units. One of the connections may be used to attach a manual adjuster. Manual adjuster For the manual operation of the valve. The manual adjuster can either be attached directly to the valve instead of a control thermostat or to the Do3 K at connection b. Technical data Connection to Data sheet T 2176 EN Series 3 Globe and Three-way Valves Nominal size G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 25 Typetested temperature regulators Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperature monitors (STM), safety temperature limiters (STL) and pressure limiters (PL) as well as combined regulators (e.g. TR/PL) with limit values up to 170 C are part of the safety equipment used in heat generating installations. These versions are DIN-tested and approved. Register no. and test mark are available on request. For details refer to the corresponding data sheets and Information Sheet T 2181 EN. Type 3 D Type E Globe valve with manual adjuster Return Temperature Limiter Fig. 8 Various temperature regulators Type 200 Safety Temperature Monitor Temperature regulator with double adapter Do3 K 10 Information Sheet T 2170 EN

106 Typical applications T1 T2 9 T3 t 1 9 Heating or cooling energy 1/8 t 1 Heating energy 2 t m t t 2 t 2 t 2 T T5 T6 t 3 9 t 1 9 t 3 1 t 1 t 3 t 2 10 t 2 10 t 2 T7 T8 T9 W 9 3 t t 3 1 t 9 5 t 1 3 t t 3 t 2 t 2 t 2 T10 T11 T12 From heat generator 9 1 t 1 t 1 t To heat generator t m t 2 t 2 t 2 Fig. 9 Typical appliations Temperature regulation for different consumers T1 T2 T3 T Heating or cooling with globe valve Heating with three-way valve (mixing valve) Regulation of a water-heated air duct Regulation of a steam-heated drying cabinet, drying chamber or storeroom Temperature regulation of boilers, heat generators and heat exchangers T5 T6 T7 T8 Regulation of water-heated boilers Regulation of steam-heated boilers Regulation of a heat generator or water-heated heat exchanger Temperature regulation safeguarded by safety temperature monitor on a heat exchanger or water-heated heat exchanger Temperature regulation in district heating systems and cooling installations T9 Return flow temperature limitation T10 Return flow temperature increase in a boiler system T11 Temperature regulation of a condenser T12 Regulation of the cooling water circuit of engines or compressors Legend of the typical applications: 1 For heating: Type 3-1, 3-2, 3-5, 3-7, 3-2 N, For cooling: Type Type Type 3-1, 3-2, 3-2 N Type 3-5, Type 3-1, 3-2, 3-5, 3-7, 3-2 N with typetested safety equipment (TR/STL) 6 Type 3-1, 3-2, 3-5, 3-7, 3-2 N 8 Type SAMSON strainer 10 SAMSON steam trap For further application examples of typetested regulators, refer to Information Sheet T 2181 EN. Information Sheet T 2170 EN

107

108 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Temperature Regulators Type 3-1 Type 3-2 Application Regulators for district heating supply systems, heat generators, heat exchangers as well as other building and industrial applications Temperature set points from 0 to 150 C Valves G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 25 Suitable for liquids up to 150 C and non-flammable gases up to 80 C The valve closes as the temperature rises. Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperature monitors (STM), and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. Special features Self-operated P regulators requiring little maintenance Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any position and for operation at high permissible ambient temperatures (50 K above the adjusted set point), designed for operating pressures up to 0 bar Globe valves with a plug balanced by a piston Especially suitable for use in district heating supply systems Suitable for liquids and gases Special version: fast-responding thermostat for instantaneous water heaters (see details on vapor pressure thermostats) Versions (Figs. 1 to ) The regulators consist of a valve and a control thermostat with set point adjuster, capillary tube and temperature sensor which functions according to the adsorption principle. Valve bodies made of red brass, spheroidal graphite iron or stainless steel Refer to T 2176 EN for versions with double adapter or manual adjuster for attachment of additional control thermostats. Type 3-1 Temperature regulator with Type 231 K Valve G ½ to G1 female thread Type 230 K Control Thermostat (sensor optionally available with or without thermowell) Type 3-2 Temperature regulator with Type 232 K Valve DN 15 to 50 Connection nuts with welding ends (special version with threaded ends, flanges or with flanged valve body) Type 230 K Control Thermostat (sensor optionally available with or without thermowell) Fig. 1 Type 3-2 Temperature Regulator Fig. 2 Type 3-1 Temperature Regulator Fig. 3 Type 3-1 with stainless steel body Typetested safety devices Register numbers are available on request. Type 3-1 and Type 3-2 Temperature Regulators (TR) whose maximum operating pressures must not exceed the maximum differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Only SAMSON thermowells may be used for sensors requiring thermowells. Details about the selection and application of typetested devices can be found in Information Sheet T 2181 EN. Safety Temperature Monitors (STM) and Safety Temperature Limiters (STL) are also available. Further details can be found in Data Sheets T 2183 EN and T 2185 EN. Fig. Type 3-2 Temperature Regulator, DN 0, version with flanged valve body Data Sheet T 2171 EN

109 Accessories Thermowell made of: Copper PN 0 CrNiMo steel PN 0 Double adapter Do 3K or manual adjuster Intermediate insulating piece for insulated pipelines or for medium temperatures down to 15 C Type 3-2 Type 232 K - Connection nut - Type 3-1 Type 231 K - Female thread - Special versions 5 m capillary tube Reduced K VS for DN 15 or G ½ Oil-resistant internal parts Fast-responding thermostats (see details on vapor pressure thermostats) available on request ANSI version (see Data Sheet T 217 EN) Stainless steel body for Type 3-1/G ½, G ¾ and G 1, DN 15 and DN 25 Flanged body made of EN-JS109 for Type 3-2 Principle of operation (Figs. 5 and 6) The temperature regulators work according to the adsorption principle. The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in the measuring sensor that corresponds to the actual temperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (11) to the operating element (9) where it is converted into a positioning force. Depending on the adjusted set point, this force acts on the valve plug (3) over the pin of the operating element (10). The point of response is changed by the set point adjuster (8) to allow the valve plug to move through its full travel range within a higher or lower temperature range measured by the sensor. The regulators are designed for heating installations. The valves close as the temperature rises and when the adjusted set point is exceeded. The left side of the diagram represents Type 232 K and the right side Type 231 K. Both regulators work according to the same principle. Fig. 5 Type 3-1 and Type 3-2 Temperature Regulators Fig. 6 Special version of Type 3-2 with flanged valve body Legend for functional diagrams of Type 3-1 and Type Valve body 2 Valve seat (replaceable) 3 Valve plug Plug stem 5 Valve spring 7 Positioning spring(s) 8 Set point adjuster 9 Operating element 10 Pin of the operating element 11 Capillary tube (connection to the sensor) 12 Coupling nut (connection between thermostat and valve) 108 Data Sheet T 2171 EN

110 Table 1 Materials Material numbers acc. to DIN EN Valve body CC91K/CC99K (Rg 5) EN-JS109 1) Stainless steel ) Seat Stainless steel Plug and brass, resistant to dezincification, with EPDM soft sealing 3) 1.0 Valve spring Stainless steel Sensor Set point adjuster Capillary tube 1) Flanged valve body for Type 3-2 Copper Thermowell Copper or stainless steel ) Special version for Type 3-1 as well as flanged valve body for Type 3-2 3) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM (FKM) soft sealing PETP, glass fiber reinforced Table 2 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 231 K (Type 3-1) Type 232 K Valve (Type 3-2) Type 3-1 G ½ G ¾ G 1 K VS coefficient 3.6 1) Type 3-2 DN 15 ), 5) DN 20 5) DN 25 ), 5) DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 K VS coefficient 1) Nominal pressure PN 25 Max. perm. differential pressure p 20 bar 12 bar Max. perm. temperature of the valve 150 C Type 230 K Control Thermostat Set point range 2) Continuously adjustable 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C, 0 to 100 C, 50 to 120 C or 70 to 150 C Capillary tube 2 m (special version 5 m) Max. perm. temperature at the sensor 50 K above the adjusted set point Max. perm. ambient temperature range 20 to 80 C 3) Perm. pressure at sensor/at thermowell PN 25/PN 0 1) Special version with K VS = 0., 1.0 or 2.5 2) Other set point ranges on request 3) Note: For temperatures below the freezing point: formation of ice can damage the plant and especially the valve. ) Flanged body in stainless steel (special version) 5) Flanged body in spheroidal graphite iron (special version) Installation Flow rate diagram for water Valve Install valves in horizontal pipelines. The control thermostat must be vertically suspended; other installation positions are also possible with temperatures up to 110 C. The direction of flow must correspond with the arrow on the valve body. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to considerable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Nevertheless, make sure its entire length is immersed in the process medium. Choose a point of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same sort of materials together; thermowells made of stainless steel 1.571, for example, can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Q m3 h K vs p 20[bar] Fig. 7 Flow rate diagram for water Data Sheet T 2171 EN

111 Dimensions L L1 L L SW (230) (55) SW d R G½ (G¾) 185(220) 185(220) Ø 16/220 mm: Version functioning as air sensor 180 (228) Sensor connection Ø12(19) Ø9.5(16) Type 3-1 Type 3-2 Version with welding ends Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland Values in parentheses ( ) for DN 32 to DN 50 L Type 3-2 Special version with flanged valve body L (230) Threaded ends Screw-on flanges Type 3-2 Connections (special version) Fig. 8 Dimensional diagrams Type 3-1 Special version with stainless steel body Type 3-2 Special version with flanged body (stainless steel) Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights in kg Type 3-1 Temperature Regulator Connection G ½ G ¾ G 1 Length L Weight 1), approx. in kg Width across flats SW Type 3-2 Temperature Regulator Nominal size DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 Pipe diameter Ød Connection size R G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1¾ G 2 G 2½ Width across flats SW Length L L1 with welding ends Weight 1), approx. in kg Special versions with connection nuts and threaded ends Length L Male thread A G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1½ G 2 Weight 1), approx. in kg with connection nuts and flange connections 2) PN 16/25 Length L Weight 1), approx. in kg /9.8 3) 11/1.1 3) 1) Version without thermowell: minus 0.2 kg 2) Valve also with flanged body 3) Flanged valve body 110 Data Sheet T 2171 EN

112 Special version - vapor pressure thermostats - Fast-responding temperature regulators Application Temperature sensors functioning according to the vapor pressure principle are particularly suitable for the use in instantaneous water heaters 1) due to their fast response time of approximately three seconds. Temperature set points from 5 C to 65 C (55 to 75 C) 2) Type 230 K Control Thermostat combined with Type 231 K Valve (Type 3-1) or Type 232 K Valve (Type 3-2) G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to DN 50 Nominal pressure PN 25 Sensor made of copper or CrNiMo steel Special installation position of the sensor must be observed! 1) Versions for plate heat exchanger on request 2) Special version Principle of operation Type 3-1/-2 Temperature Regulator with a sensor functioning according to the vapor pressure principle. The temperature sensor is partially filled with a liquid which vaporizes at a certain temperature. This process creates a pressure in the sensor which is proportional to the temperature. The pressure is transferred through the capillary tube to the positioning bellows where it is converted into a positioning force. This force moves the valve plug depending on the adjusted set point. Installation The sensor is to be installed in the position where the fast response of the vapor pressure sensor can be used optimally. When used in instantaneous water heaters, the sensor must be installed directly upstream of the hot water outlet from the heat exchanger and upstream of the hot water inlet (see Fig. 9). Installation without thermowell The ambient temperature at the set point adjuster of the thermostat must be at least 15 K below the adjusted set point. Type 3-1/3-2 Temperature Regulator Fig. 9 Vapor pressure thermostat, installed in a coaxial heat exchanger (typical installation) Fig. 10 Dimensions Sensor Type 230 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat (5 to 65 C), CrNiMo steel/copper, Var.-IDs: , , , Hot water Type 230 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat (5 to 65 C), CrNiMo steel, Var-IDs: , Cold water The installation position of the sensor depends on the sensor type (see Table ). Only use the same sort of materials together, sensors made of stainless steel 1.571, for example, can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Ø10 Ø12 Table Installation position and materials Type 230 K Vapor Pressure Thermostats 5 to 65 C Configuration ID (Var.-ID) Plate heat exchangers 1) Shell-and-tube or coaxial heat exchangers Horizontal Sensor position Tip downwards Tip upwards Sensor material Copper CrNiMo steel Sensor connection, screw gland G ½ Without Capillary tube length 2 m Configuration ID (Var.-ID) Horizontal Sensor position Tip downwards Tip upwards Sensor material Copper CrNiMo steel Sensor connection G ½ Capillary tube length 2 m 1) Type 3-8, with instantaneous plate heat exchangers Data Sheet T 2171 EN

113 Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 3-1 G Set point range... C Body made of red brass/stainless steel Optionally, special version Optionally, accessories Temperature Regulator Type 3-2 DN With connection nuts and welding ends/threaded ends/ flanges or flanged valve body Set point range... C Optionally, special version Optionally, accessories 112 Data Sheet T 2171 EN

114 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Temperature Regulator Type 3-1 Type 3-2 ANSI version Application Temperature set points from 30 to 300 F (0 to 150 C) Valves ½ to 1 NPT Valve size NPS ½ to 2 Pressure rating Class 250 Suitable for liquids up to 300 F (150 C) and non-flammable gases up to 175 F (80 C) The valve closes when the temperature rises. Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. Regulators for district heating systems, heat generators, heat exchangers and other building services and industrial plants. Special features Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any position and for operation at high permissible ambient temperatures (50 K above the adjusted set point), designed for operating pressures up to 580 psi (0 bar) Globe valves with plug balanced by a piston Especially suitable for use in district heating systems Suitable for liquids and gases Special version: fast-responding thermostat for instantaneous water heaters (see details on vapor pressure thermostats) Versions (Figs. 1 and 3) The regulators consist of a valve and a control thermostat with set point adjuster, capillary tube and temperature sensor which functions according to the adsorption principle. The valve body is made either of red brass or stainless steel. Refer to T 2176 EN for versions with double adapter or manual adjuster for attachment of additional control thermostats. Type 3-1 Temperature regulator with Type 231 K Valve With ½ to 1 NPT female thread Special version with stainless steel body Type 230 K Control Thermostat (sensor optionally available with or without thermowell) Type 3-2 Temperature regulator with Type 232 K Valve Valve size NPS ½ to 2 Connection nuts with welding ends (special version with threaded ends or flanges) Type 230 K Control Thermostat (sensor optionally available with or without thermowell) Fig. 1 Type 3-2 Temperature Regulator Fig. 2 Type 3-1 Temperature Regulator Typetested safety devices Register numbers are available on request. Type 3-1 and Type 3-2 Temperature Regulators (TR) whose maximum operating pressures must not exceed the maximum differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Only SAMSON thermowells may be used for sensors requiring thermowells. Details about the selection and application of typetested devices can be found in Information Sheet T 2181 EN. Fig. 3 Type 3-1 Temperature Regulator with stainless steel body Data Sheet T 2175 EN

115 Additionally, safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. Refer to Data Sheets T 2183 EN and T 2185 EN for details. Accessories Thermowell made of: Copper or CrNiMo steel Class 300 Double adapter Do 3K or manual adjuster Intermediate insulating piece for insulated pipelines or for medium temperatures down to 5 F ( 15 C) Type 3-2 Type 232 K - Connection nut - Type 3-1 Type 231 K - Female thread - Special versions 16. ft (5 m) capillary tube Reduced C V (K VS) coefficient for NPS ½ or ½ NPT Mineral-oil-resistant internal parts Fast-responding thermostats (see details on vapor pressure thermostats) available on request Stainless steel body for Type 3-1 with ½, ¾ and 1 NPT Type 3-1 and Type 3-2 Temperature Regulators The left side of the diagram represents Type 232 K and the right side Type 231 K. Both regulators work according to the same principle. Principle of operation (Fig. ) The temperature regulators work according to the adsorption principle. The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in the measuring sensor that corresponds to the actual temperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (11) to the operating element (9) where it is converted into a positioning force. Depending on the adjusted set point, this force acts on the valve plug (3) over the pin of the operating element (10). The point of response is changed by the set point adjuster (8) to allow the valve plug to move through its full travel range within a higher or lower temperature range measured by the sensor. The regulators are designed for installations that are heated. The valves close when the temperature rises and the adjusted set point is exceeded. Fig. Type 3-1 and Type 3-2 Temperature Regulators 1 Valve body 2 Valve seat (replaceable) 3 Valve plug Plug stem 5 Valve spring 7 Positioning spring(s) 8 Set point adjuster 9 Operating element 10 Pin of the operating element 11 Capillary tube (connection to the sensor) 12 Coupling nut (connection between thermostat and valve) 11 Data Sheet T 2175 EN

116 Table 1 Materials Material numbers acc. to ASTM and DIN EN Valve body C83600 Stainless steel A351 CF8M 1) Seat Stainless steel A351 CF8M Plug Table 2 Technical data All pressures in bar and psi (gauge) Type 231 K and Type 232 K Valve Type 3-1 Connection size ½ NPT ¾ NPT 1 NPT C V coefficient K VS coefficient 3.6 1) Type 3-2 Valve size NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1¼ NPS 1½ NPS 2 C V coefficient K VS coefficient 1) Pressure rating Class 250 ) Max. perm. differential pressure p 290 psi (20 bar) 175 psi (12 bar) Max. perm. temperature of valve Type 230 K Control Thermostat Set point range 2), continuously adjustable 300 F (150 C) 30 to 95 F, 75 to 105 F, 100 to 210 F, 125 to 250 F or 160 to 300 F 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C, 0 to 100 C, 50 to 120 C or 70 to 150 C Capillary tube 6.5 ft (2 m), special version in 16. ft (5 m) Max. perm. temperature at the sensor Max. perm. ambient temperature range Perm. pressure at the sensor/ at the thermowell 50 K above the adjusted set point 5 F to 175 F ( 20 to 80 C) 3) Class 300 1) Special version with C V = 0.5, 1.2 or 3 (K VS = 0., 1.0 or 2.5) 2) Other set point ranges on request 3) Note: For temperatures below the freezing point: formation of ice can damage the plant and especially the valve. ) Class 150 for body material A351 CF8M and brass, resistant to dezincification, with EPDM soft sealing 2) 1.0 Valve spring Stainless steel Sensor Set point adjuster Capillary tube Copper Thermowell Copper or stainless steel ) Special version for Type 3-1 2) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM (FKM) soft sealing PETP, glass fiber reinforced Installation Only use the same sort of materials together; thermowells made of stainless steel 1.571, for example, can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Valve Install valves in horizontal pipelines. The control thermostat must be vertically suspended; other installation positions are also possible with temperatures up to 230 F (110 C). The direction of flow must correspond with the arrow on the valve body. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to considerable temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded. The smallest possible bending radius is 2 (50 mm). Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Nevertheless, make sure its entire length is immersed in the process medium. Choose a point of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Data Sheet T 2175 EN

117 Dimensions L L1 L L 1.2" 30 ½(¾)NPT 7.1" " (9.1") 180 (228) 185 (220) 185 (220) 7.3"(8.7") d R 1.2" (2.2") 30 (55) 1.8" 6 SW 7.1" 180 Type 3-1 Values in parentheses ( ) for NPS 1¼ to 2 (DN 32 to 50) Type 3-2 Version with welding ends Ø12(19) Ø9.5(16) ؽ"(¾") Ø /3 8 "( /5 8 ") Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland Type 3-1 Special version with stainless steel body Threaded ends Screwed-on flanges Type 3-2 Connections (special version) Fig. 5 Dimensional diagrams Table 3 Dimensions and weights Type 3-1 Temperature Regulator Thread size ½ NPT ¾ NPT 1 NPT Length L 2.6 /65 mm 2.9 /75 mm 3.6 /90 mm Weight 1), approx. 3.1 lb/1. kg 3.3 lb/1.5 kg 3.5 lb/1.6 kg Type 3-2 Temperature Regulator Valve size NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1¼ NPS 1½ NPS 2 Pipe diameter Ød 0.8 /21.3 mm 1.05 /26.8 mm 1.29 /32.7 mm 1.65 /2 mm 1.9 /8 mm 2.36 /60 mm Thread size R G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1¾ G 2 G 2½ Width across flats SW 1.18 /30 mm 1.2 /36 mm 1.81 /6 mm 2.32 /59 mm 2.56 /65 mm 3.23 /82 mm Length L 2.6 /65 mm 2.8 /70 mm 3 /75 mm /100 mm.3 /110 mm 5.1 /130 mm L1 with welding ends 8.27 /210 mm 9.22 /23 mm 9.61 /2 mm /268 mm /29 mm 13 /330 mm Weight 1), approx. 3.7 lb/1.7 kg. lb/2 kg 5.0 lb/2.3 kg 9.7 lb/. kg 11.3 lb/5.1 kg 13.0 lb/5.9 kg Special versions Version with threaded ends Length L2 5.1 /129 mm 5.7 /1 mm 6.3 /159 mm 7.1 /180 mm 7.7 /196 mm 9 /228 mm Male thread A G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1½ G 2 Weight 1), approx. 3.7 lb/1.7 kg. lb/2 kg 5.0 lb/2.3 kg 9.7 lb/. kg 11.3 lb/5.1 kg 13.0 lb/5.9 kg Version with flanges (Class 150 and 250) Length L3 5.1 /130 mm 5.9 /150 mm 6.3 /160 mm 7.1 /180 mm 7.9 /200 mm 9.1 /230 mm Weight 1), approx. 6.8 lb/3.1 kg 8.8 lb/ kg 10.6 lb/.8 kg 26.7 lb/7.6 kg 20.1 lb/9.1 kg 2.3 lb/11 kg 1) Version without thermowell: minus 0.5 lb/0.2 kg 116 Data Sheet T 2175 EN

118 Special version - vapor pressure thermostats - Fast-responding temperature sensors Application Temperature sensors functioning according to the vapor pressure principle are particularly suitable for the use in instantaneous water heaters 1) due to their fast response time of approximately three seconds. Temperature set points from 110 to 150 F (5 to 65 C) Type 230 K Control Thermostat combined with Type 231 K Valve (Type 3-1) or Type 232 K Valve (Type 3-2) ½ NPT to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2 Pressure rating Class 250 Sensor made of copper or CrNiMo steel Special installation position of the sensor must be observed! Type 3-1/3-2 Temperature Regulator Sensor Hot water Cold water Principle of operation Type 3-1 and Type 2-2 Temperature Regulators with a sensor functioning according to the vapor pressure principle. The temperature sensor is partially filled with a liquid which vaporizes at a certain temperature. This process creates a pressure in the sensor which is proportional to the temperature. The pressure is transferred through the capillary tube to the positioning bellows where it is converted into a positioning force. This force moves the valve plug depending on the adjusted set point. Installation The sensor must be installed in the position where the fast response of the vapor pressure sensor can be used optimally. When used in instantaneous water heaters, the sensor must be installed directly upstream of the hot water outlet from the heat exchanger and upstream of the hot water inlet (see Fig. 6). The ambient temperature must be at least 15 K below the set point adjusted at the thermostat. The installation position of the sensor depends on its type. Only combine the same kind of materials, e.g. a heat exchanger made of CrNiMo steel only with sensors also made of CrNiMo steel. Fig. 6 Vapor pressure thermostat, installed in a coaxial heat exchanger (typical installation) Fig. 7 Dimensions (185 mm) 6.7 (170 mm) 6.7 (170 mm) Ø (10 mm) Type 230 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat (110 to 150 F/5 to 65 C), CrNiMo steel/copper, Var.-IDs: , , , Ø (12 mm) Type 230 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat (110 to 150 F/5 to 65 C), CrNiMo steel, Var.-IDs: , Table Installation position and materials Type 230 K Vapor Pressure Thermostats 110 to 150 F (5 to 65 C) Plate heat exchangers 1) Shell-and-tube or coaxial heat exchangers Configuration ID (Var.-ID) Sensor position Sensor material Horizontal Tip downwards Tip upwards Copper CrNiMo steel Sensor connection, screw gland G ½ Without Capillary tube length 78.7 (2 m) Configuration ID (Var.-ID) Sensor position Sensor material Sensor connection Horizontal Tip downwards Tip upwards Copper CrNiMo steel G ½ Capillary tube length 78.7 (2 m) 1) Type 3-8, with instantaneous plate heat exchangers Data Sheet T 2175 EN

119 Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 3-1 NPT Set point range... F ( C) Body made of red brass/stainless steel Optionally, special version Optionally, accessories Temperature Regulator Type 3-2 NPS... With welding ends/threaded ends/flanges/flanged body Set point range F ( C) Optionally, special version Optionally, accessories 118 Data Sheet T 2175 EN

120 Self-operated Temperature Regulator Series 3 Type 3-2 N Application Temperature regulators for plants which require heating Especially suitable for local heat supply and large heating networks Valve closes as the temperature increases Temperature set points from 0 to 100 C Nominal size DN 15 Nominal pressure PN 16 For treated water up to 120 C Special features Self-operated P regulators which require little maintenance Process medium: water Especially suitable for local heat supply and large heating networks Single-seated valve, soft-seated without balanced plug Typetested according to DIN EN 1597 Versions The regulator consists of a valve and a control thermostat with set point adjuster, a capillary tube and a temperature sensor working according to the adsorption principle. Type 3-2 N Temperature Regulator with Type 232 N Valve made of bronze Nominal size DN 15 with connecting thread according to ISO 228/1- G ¾ B on both sides for attachment of threaded ends G ½, welding ends or soldering ends Type 230 K Control Thermostat Special version With fast-responding thermostat according to the vapor pressure principle Set point range +5 to 65 C 5 m capillary tube Small K VS coefficient Oil-resistant internal parts Fig. 1 Type 3-2 N Temperature Regulator, version with welding ends Accessories Threaded ends G ½, welding ends, soldering ends Thermowells Copper or CrNiMo steel (1.571), PN 0, G ½ Data Sheet T 2186 EN

121 Principle of operation The medium temperature creates a pressure according to the actual value in the measuring sensor (thermostat). This pressure is transmitted onto the operating element (8) through the connection line (10) and converted into a positioning force. Depending on the set point adjustment, the positioning force acts on the valve plug (3) via the operating element pin (9) and the plug stem (). By turning the set point adjuster (7), the point of response is changed in a way that allows the valve plug to pass through its travel in a temperature range measured by the sensor. Special version Vapor pressure thermostat with short time constant of approx. 3 s. The temperature sensor is filled with a liquid which evaporates depending on the temperature. As a result, a pressure in proportion to the temperature is created in the sensor. This pressure is transmitted onto the operating bellows through the connection line and converted into a positioning force. This force moves the valve plug according to the set point adjustment. Table 1 Technical data All pressures as gauge pressure in bar Type 232 N Valve Nominal size DN 15 Connection Type of connection Table 2 Materials Material no. according to DIN EN Valve body Plug CW602N and CW617N with EPDM seal Plug stem Seat Valve spring Thermostat Sensor, capillary tube Set point adjuster Accessories CW602N K Copper PETP, glass-fiber reinforced Welding ends S235JR (St 37-2) Threaded ends Soldering ends Thermowell ISO 228/1- G ¾ B Threaded ends G ½ Welding ends Soldering ends K VS value 2.5 Nominal pressure PN 16 Max. perm. diff. pressure p 6 bar Max. perm. temperature 120 C Type 230 K Control Thermostat Set point range Continuously adjustable 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C and 0 to 100 C Capillary tube 2 m (special version: 5 m) Sensor connection Max. permissible ambient temperature range Screw gland G ½ 20 to +80 C Brass Red brass Copper or stainless steel Valve body 6 Positioning spring(s) 1.1 Screw joints on both sides 7 Set point adjuster with flat gasket (accessories) 8 Operating element 2 Seat 9 Operating element pin 3 Plug 10 Connection line Plug stem 11 Coupling nut (connection 5 Valve spring valve/control thermostat) Fig. 2 Principle of operation Flow rate diagram for water V m³ h [ ] Dp [bar] Values apply to a fully opened valve. Fig. 3 Flow rate diagram for water Kvs Data Sheet T 2186 EN

122 Dimensions ISO 228/1 - G¾B G½ Ø Ø21.3 L G½ di Ø68 Ø12 Ø9.5 Weight: approx. 1.5 kg Type 3-2 N with Type 230 K Control Thermostat and temperature sensor with/without thermowell SW30 SW30 SW30 Valve with welding ends Valve with threaded ends Valve with soldering ends Fig. Dimensions in mm Soldering ends Dimensions Inside Ø di Length L Installation Valves Any mounting position, preferably with the thermostat vertically suspended, Flow direction according to the arrow on the body. Connection pipe Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded in the section near the connection pipe, Avoid mechanical damage, The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. Temperature sensor Any mounting position. Note special mounting instructions for vapor pressure thermostats, Choose appropriate point of installation to avoid overheating and noticeable dead time, The sensor must immerse in the process medium with its full length. Application with a thermowell: Only use SAMSON thermowells, Only combine materials of the same kind, e. g. heat exchangers of stainless steel in combination with thermowells of stainless steel Data Sheet T 2186 EN

123 Ordering text Type 3-2 N Temperature Regulator Standard version without accessories Accessories: Screw joints on both sides with threaded ends G ½/ welding ends/soldering ends (di = 15 or 18 mm) Thermowells of copper/crnimo steel 122 Data Sheet T 2186 EN

124 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Temperature Regulators Type 3-5 Type 3-7 Valve closes as the temperature rises Temperature Regulator Type 3-6 Valve opens as the temperature rises Application Temperature set points from 0 to 150 C Valves G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 25 Suitable for liquids and steam up to 200 C and non-flammable gases up to 80 C For cooling and heating installations Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. Special features Self-operated P regulators requiring little maintenance Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any position and for operation at high permissible ambient temperature (50 K above the adjusted set point), designed for operating pressures up to 0 bar Globe valves with a plug balanced by a bellows Compact design and a particularly low overall height Suitable for liquids, gases and steam Versions (Figs. 1 to 3) The regulators consist of a globe valve and a control thermostat with set point adjuster, capillary tube and a temperature sensor which functions according to the adsorption principle. Valve bodies made of red brass, spheriodal graphite iron or stainless steel. Versions with double adapter or manual adjuster for attaching additional control thermostats (see Data Sheet T 2176 EN). Temperature regulators with Type 230 K Control Thermostat and valve with connection G ½, G ¾ or G 1 female thread. Type 3-5 For heating installations Type 235 K Valve for PN 25 Suitable for liquids and steam up to 200 C Type 3-6 For cooling installations Type 236 K Valve for PN 16 Suitable for gases up to 80 C and liquids up to 150 C Temperature regulators with Type 230 K Control Thermostat and valve DN 15 to DN 50 with connection nuts and welding ends (special version with threaded ends, flanges or valve with flanged body) Type 3-6 For cooling installations Type 236 K Valve for PN 25 Nominal sizes DN 32, 0, 50 Suitable for gases up to 80 C and liquids up to 150 C Type 3-7 For heating installations Type 237 K Valve for PN 25 Nominal sizes DN 15 to 50 Suitable for liquids and steam up to 200 C Fig. 1 Type 3-5 Temperature Regulator Fig. 2 Type 3-6 Temperature Regulator with female thread Typetested safety devices Register numbers are available on request. Type 3-5 and Type 3-7 Temperature Regulators (TR) whose maximum operating pressures must not exceed the maximum differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Only SAMSON thermowells may be used for sensors requiring thermowells. Fig. 3 Type 3-7 Temperature Regulator Special version with flanged valve body in DN 0 (right) Data Sheet T 2172 EN

125 Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are also available. Further details can be found in Data Sheets T 2183 EN and T 2185 EN. Special versions 5 m capillary tube Reduced K VS value for DN 15 or G ½ Oil-resistant internal parts for Type 3-6 ANSI version on request (see Data Sheet T 217 EN) Stainless steel body for Type 3-6 Flanged body made of EN-JS109 for Types 3-6/3-7 Type 236 K Valve Principle of operation (Fig. ) The temperature regulators work according to the adsorption principle. The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in the measuring sensor which is proportional to the actual temperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (11) to the operating element (9) where it is converted into a positioning force. This force acts via the pin of the operating element (10) on the plug stem () and the valve plug (3). The point of response of the valve spring (5) is changed by turning the set point adjuster (8). The valves are pressure-balanced by the metal bellows (6). The balancing bellows compensates for any changes in pressure upstream of the valve since a hole in the valve plug (3) allows the upstream pressure also to act on the inside of the bellows. The Type 3-5 and Type 3-7 Regulators are suitable for heating installations. The valves close as the temperature rises. The Type 3-6 Regulator has a valve which opens as the temperature rises. This regulator is therefore suitable for cooling installations. Type 3-6 Temperature Regulator, principle of operation Type 237 K Type 235 K Installation Type 3-5/-7, principle of operation (thermostat not shown) Valve Install valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flow should correspond with the arrow on the valve body. The control thermostat must be installed suspended; other installation positions are also possible for Type 236 K with temperatures up to 110 C. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any position. However, the entire sensor must be immersed in the medium to be controlled. Choose a point of installation where overheating or noticeable idle times cannot occur. Only the same sort of materials can be combined, e.g. a stainless steel heat exchanger with thermowells made of stainless steel Capillary tube Run the capillary tube in such a way that the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded, temperature deviations cannot occur and the tube cannot be damaged. The smallest possible bending radius is 50 mm. 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Plug stem 5 Valve spring 6 Balancing bellows 7 Positioning springs Type 3-6/-7, valve with flanged body (thermostat not shown) Fig. Type 3-5/-6/-7 Temperature Regulators Set point adjuster 9 Operating element 10 Pin of operating element 11 Capillary tube 12 Coupling nut 13 Insulating pipe 12 Data Sheet T 2172 EN

126 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Temperature Regulator Type Valve Type 236 K 235 K 237 K Thread size G ½ to 1 Nominal size DN 32 to 50 DN 15 to 50 Flanged valve body DN 15 to 50 DN 15 to 50 Nominal pressure PN 25 Max. perm. differential pressure p With stainless steel bellows: 16 bar 2) Max. perm. temperature range of valve 0 to 150 C 1) 0 to 200 C Type 230 K Control Thermostat Set point range 3) Continuously adjustable 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C, 0 to 100 C, 50 to 120 C or 70 to 150 C Capillary tube 2 m (special version 5 m) Max. perm. temperature at the sensor 50 K above the adjusted set point Max. perm. ambient temperature range 20 to 80 C Perm. pressure at sensor/at thermowell PN 25/PN 0 1) With intermediate insulating piece: 15 to 150 C 2) Type 3-6, 3-7: max. 8 bar 3) Other set point ranges available on request Table 2 K VS coefficients K VS coefficients with Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 Nominal size DN 15 1), 2) DN 20 1) DN 25 1), 2) DN 32 1) DN 0 1) DN 50 1) K VS values Special version ) 1) Flanged body made of spheroidal graphite iron for Type 3-6/-7 (special version) 2) Flanged body made of stainless steel for Type 3-6 (special version) 3) On request Table 3 Materials Material no. acc. to DIN EN Body CC91K/CC9K (Rg 5) EN-JS109 ) Stainless steel ) Seat Stainless steel ) 1.08 Plug Type 3-6 Type 3-5/-7 Brass, free of dezincification, CW617N (CuZn0Pb) and 1.10 with EPDM soft sealing 2), 3) Brass, free of dezincification, CW617N (CuZn0Pb) and 1.10 with EPDM soft sealing 3) 1.08 Balancing bellows Stainless steel Valve spring Stainless steel Sensor Capillary tube Copper Set point adjuster Thermowell Copper or stainless steel PETP, glass fiber-reinforced 1) For Type 3-6 G ½ to 1: ) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM (FKM) soft sealing 3) For K VS = 0. and 1.0: ) Type 3-6/-7: Version with flanged body 5) Special version for Type 3-6: Flanged body DN 15 and 25 or with G ½ to G 1 female thread Flow rate diagram for water Q m3 h Fig. 5 Flow rate diagram for water K vs p 20[bar] Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 3-6 G or DN with connection nuts and welding ends/threaded ends/flanges or flanged valve body With stainless steel bellows Set point range C Optionally, accessories /special version Temperature Regulator Type 3-5/Type 3-7 G or for Type 3-7 DN with connection nuts and welding ends/threaded ends/flanges or flanged valve body With stainless steel bellows Set point range C Optionally, accessories /special version Data Sheet T 2172 EN

127 Dimensions and weights L SW L1 L d R G½ 3 (G ) 185(220) 185(220) L G½ (G¾) 185(220) 185(220) Type 3-6 G ½ to G 1 Dimensions in parentheses ( ) for DN 32 to DN 50 Ø12(Ø19) 1) Ø9.5(Ø16) Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland Ø12(Ø19) Ø9.5(Ø16) 1) Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland Type 3-6 DN 32 to DN 50 Version with welding ends Type 3-5 1) Ø 16/220 mm: Version functioning as air sensor L3 30 (55) L1 L d R G½ 3 (G ) ~ (310) 185(220) 185(220) Bulb sensor with thermowell/ screw gland H Flanges (screwed-on) Dimensions in parentheses ( ) for DN 32 to DN 50 Ø12(Ø19) Ø9.5(Ø16) Type 3-7 Version with welding ends 1) Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland Version with flanged valve body Threaded ends Special versions for Type 3-6 Type 3-7 Dimensions in mm and weights Type 3-7 (DN 15 to 50) and Type 3-6 (DN 32 to 50) Type 3-5 and Type 3-6 (G ½ to G 1) Nominal size DN Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 Length L Type Height H Weight, approx. in kg Version with bulb sensor and thermowell 1) ) Version without thermowell: minus 0.2 kg Type 3-6 and Type 3-7 Special version with flanged body Type DN Height H Sensor 3-6 Without intermediate 15 to piece 32 to With intermediate 15 to piece 32 to Fig. 6 Dimensions in mm Pipe diameter Connection R G ¾ G 1 G1¼ G1¾ G2 G2½ Width across flats Length L L1 with welding ends Weight 1), approx. in kg Special versions with connection nuts and threaded ends (male thread) Length L Male thread A G ½ G ¾ G 1 G1¼ G1½ G2 Weight 1), approx. in kg with connection nuts and flanges 2) (PN 16/25) Length L Weight 1), approx. in kg / 11./ 9.8 3) 1.1 3) 1) Version without thermowell: minus 0.2 kg 2) Valve also available with flanged body 3) Weight of flanged valve body version 126 Data Sheet T 2172 EN

128 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Temperature Regulators Type 3-5 Type 3-7 Valve closes when the temperature rises Type 3-6 Valve opens when the temperature rises ANSI version Application Set points from 30 to 300 F (0 to 150 C) Valves ½ to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2 Pressure rating Class 250 For gases up to 175 F (80 C), liquids and vapors up to 390 F (200 C) For cooling and heating installations Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are available. Special features Self-operated P regulators requiring little maintenance Temperature sensor suitable for any installation position and permissible excess temperature of 120 F (50 C) above the set point adjusted, designed for operating pressures up to 580 psig (0 bar) Globe valves with a plug balanced by a bellows Compact design and a particularly low overall height Suitable for liquids, gases and vapors Versions (Figs. 1 to 3) The regulators consist of a globe valve and a control thermostat with set point adjuster, capillary tube and a temperature sensor which functions according to the adsorption principle. The valve body is made either of red brass or stainless steel (Type 3-6 in special version). Temperature regulators with Type 230 K Control Thermostat and valve with connection ½, ¾ or 1 NPT female thread. Type 3-5 For heating installations Type 235 K Valve for Class 250 For liquids and steam up to 390 F (200 C) Type 3-6 For cooling installations Type 236 K Valve for Class 250 For gases up to 175 F (80 C) and liquids up to 300 F (150 C) Temperature regulators with Type 230 K Control Thermostat and valve in NPS ½ to 2 with connection nuts and welding ends (special version with threaded ends). Type 3-6 For cooling installations Type 236 K Valve for Class 250 Sizes NPS 1¼ to 2 For gases up to 175 F (80 C) and liquids up to 300 F (150 C) Type 3-7 For heating installations Type 237 K Valve for Class 250 Sizes NPS ½ to 2 For liquids and vapors up to 390 F (200 C) Typetested safety devices Register numbers are available on request. Type 3-5 and Type 3-7 Temperature Regulators (TR) whose maximum operating pressures must not exceed the maximum differential pressure p specified in the technical data. Only SAMSON thermowells may be used for sensors requiring thermowells. Fig. 1 Type 3-5 Temperature Regulator Fig. 2 Type 3-6 Temperature Regulator with female thread Fig. 3 Type 3-7 Temperature Regulator with welding ends Data Sheet T 217 EN

129 Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are also available. Further details can be found in Data Sheets T 2183 EN and T 2185 EN. Refer to Information Sheet T 2181 EN for details on selection and application of the typetested devices. Accessories and combinations Thermowell made of: Copper, Class 300 CrNiMo steel, Class 300 Type 3-5/-6/-7: Double adapter Do3 K or manual adjuster (see Data Sheet T 2176 EN) Special versions 16. feet (5 meter) capillary tube Oil-resistant internal parts for Type 3-6 Stainless steel body for Type 3-6 Type 236 K Valve Principle of operation (Fig. ) The temperature regulators work according to the adsorption principle. The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in the measuring sensor which is proportional to the actual temperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (11) to the operating element (9) where it is converted into a positioning force. This force acts via the pin of the operating element (10) on the plug stem () and the valve plug (3). The point of response of the valve spring (5) is changed by turning the set point adjuster (8). The valves are pressure-balanced by the metal bellows (6). The balancing bellows compensates for any changes in pressure upstream of the valve since a hole in the valve plug (3) allows the upstream pressure also to act on the inside of the bellows. The Type 3-5 and Type 3-7 Regulators are suitable for heating installations. The valves close when the temperature rises. The Type 3-6 Regulator has a valve which opens when the temperature rises. This regulator is therefore suitable for cooling installations. Installation Only the same sort of materials can be combined, e.g. a stainless steel heat exchanger with thermowells made of stainless steel Valve Install valves in horizontal pipelines. The direction of flow should correspond with the arrow on the valve body. The control thermostat must be installed suspended; other installation positions are also possible for Type 236 K with temperatures up to 230 F (110 C). Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any position. However, the entire sensor must be immersed in the medium to be controlled. Choose a point of installation where overheating or noticeable idle times cannot occur. Capillary tube Run the capillary tube in such a way that the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded, temperature deviations cannot occur and the tube cannot be damaged. The smallest possible bending radius is 2 (50 mm). Type 3-6 Temperature Regulator, principle of operation Type 237 K Type 3-5/-7, principle of operation (thermostat not shown) 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Plug stem 5 Valve spring 6 Balancing bellows 7 Positioning spring(s) Type 235 K 8 Set point adjuster 9 Operating element 10 Pin of operating element 11 Capillary tube 12 Coupling nut 13 Insulating pipe Fig. Type 3-5/-6/-7 Temperature Regulators 128 Data Sheet T 217 EN

130 Table 1 Technical data All pressures as gauge pressure Temperature Regulator Type Valve Type 236 K 235 K 237 K Thread size ½ to 1 NPT Valve size NPS 1¼ to 2 NPS ½ to 2 Pressure rating Class 250 Max. perm. differential pressure p Version with stainless steel bellows: 200 psi 1) (1 bar) Max. perm. temperature range 300 F (150 C) 390 F (200 C) 1) Type 3-6, 3-7 and NPS 1¼ to 2: max. 115 psi (8 bar) C V (K VS) coefficients with... Thread size NPT ½ NPT ¾ NPT 1 NPT Valve size NPS NPS ½ NPS ¾ NPS 1 NPS 1¼ NPS 1½ NPS 2 C V coefficient K VS coefficient Type 230 K Control Thermostat Set point range 2), continuously adjustable 30 to 95 F, 75 to 160 F, 105 to 210 F, 125 to 250 F or 160 to 300 F 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C, 0 to 100 C, 50 to 120 C or 70 to 150 C Capillary tube 6.5 ft (2 m), special version 16. ft (5 m) Perm. temperature at the sensor Max. perm. ambient temperature range 120 F (50 C) above the adjusted set point 5 to +175 F ( 20 to 80 C) Perm. pressure at sensor/at thermowell Class 300 2) Further set point ranges on request Table 2 Materials Material no. acc. to ASTM and DIN EN Body C Stainless steel 2) Seat Stainless steel ) 1.08 Plug Type 3-6 Type 3-5/-7 Brass, free of dezincification, and 1.10 with EPDM soft sealing 1) 1.08 Brass, free of dezincification, and 1.10 with PTFE soft sealing Balancing bellows Stainless steel Valve spring Stainless steel Sensor Set point adjuster Capillary tube Copper Thermowell Copper or stainless steel ) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM (FKM) soft sealing 2) Special version for Type 3-6 3) For Type 3-6, ½ to 1 NPT: PETP, glass fiber-reinforced Data Sheet T 217 EN

131 Table 3 Dimensions in inch (mm) and weights in lb (kg) Type 3-5 and Type 3-6 (½ to 1 NPT) Thread size ½ NPT ¾ NPT 1 NPT 1.81" 6 L 1.18" 30 L NPT½ (¾) G ½ G ¾ G 1 Length L inch Type Height H mm Weight, approx. in lb (kg) in mm Version with bulb sensor and thermowell 1) H H 185 (220) 185 (220) 7.28" (8.7") (1.8).2 (1.9). (2.0) Type 3-7 (NPS ½ to 2 DN 15 to 50) Type 3-6 (NPS 1¼ to 2 DN 32 to 50) Type 3-6 G ½ to G 1 Type 3-5 Ø12(Ø19) Ø0.8" (0.75") Ø9.5(Ø16) Ø0.38"(0.63") Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland Nominal size Pipe diameter d NPS ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 DN in mm Thread size R G ¾ 1 1¼ 1¾ 2 2½ Width across flats Length L L1 with welding ends Weight 1), approx. Special versions in mm in mm in mm lb kg with connection nuts and threaded ends (male thread) Length L2 in mm Male thread A NPT ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 Weight 1), approx. lb kg ) Version with screw gland and thermowell without thermowell: minus 0. lb (0.2 kg) 3.7" " 210 SW 1.18"(2.17") 30 (55) L1 L L1 L d R d R NPT½(¾) 185 (220) Ø12(Ø19) Ø0.8"(0,75") Type 3-6 NPS 1¼ to 2 (DN 32 to 50) Version with welding ends NPT½(¾) 185 (220) 7.28" (8.7") Ø9.5(Ø16) Ø0.38"(0.63) Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland Dimensions in parentheses ( ) NPS 1¼ to 2 DN 32 to DN 50 Ordering text Temperature Regulator Type 3-6 NPT or NPS with connection nuts and welding ends/threaded ends With stainless steel bellows Set point range... F ( C) Optionally, accessories... /special version... Temperature Regulator Type 3-5/Type 3-7 NPT or for Type 3-7 NPS with connection nuts and welding ends/threaded ends With stainless steel bellows Set point range... F ( C) Optionally, accessories... /special version 10.2"(12.2") 260 (310) Type 3-7 Version with welding ends Threaded ends 185 (220) 185 (220) 7.28"(8.7") Ø12(Ø19) Ø9.5(Ø16) Ø0.8"(0.75") Ø0.38"(0.63") Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland Fig. 5 Dimensions 130 Data Sheet T 217 EN

132 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Temperature Regulators with Hydraulic Controller Type 3-8 Type 3-8 N Application Temperature regulation of instantaneous water heaters in small district heating units, particularly in single- and two-family dwellings Valve closes when temperature increases The regulators are suitable for use with plate heat exchangers for domestic hot water (DHW) heating, particularly in small residential units. Fast-responding thermostats regulate the water temperature to the desired value without delay while the hydraulic control element closes the control valve immediately after tapping has been completed. This prevents the heated DHW from reheating. In addition, temperature peaks do not occur any longer and thus scaling (lime deposits) in the heat exchanger are avoided. Moreover, the regulator switches to a reduced idle temperature that prevents the heating water supply lines from cooling off. This ensures that hot water is immediately available for the next tapping. The connections available as accessories enable operation with or without circulation of the heated DHW. Special features Low-maintenance P-regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Regulation of small instantaneous water heaters Compact design Simple installation and operation Prevention of temperature peaks and reduction of loss during idle operation (reduced idle temperature) Stable regulation already at tapped quantity of 2 l/minute Idle temperature regulation Fast-responding vapor pressure thermostats Fig. 1 Type 3-8 Temperature Regulator with Hydraulic Controller (regulator including accessories and indicated heat exchanger) Versions The Type 3-8 and Type 3-8 N Regulators function the same way, the only difference between them being that the technical features of the Type 3-8 N have been tailored to the requirements of local heat supply networks. Its overall height is approx. 20 mm lower than that of the Type 3-8. As a result, the regulators are not interchangeable. The regulators consist of a control thermostat (vapor pressure thermostat), a hydraulic control element, and a valve. They can additionally be equipped with a Type 239 K Safety Temperature Limiter. Type 3-8 (3-8 N) Type 230 K Vapor Pressure Thermostat Set point range 5 to 65 C In combination with Type 232 K Valve (232 N) Red brass or hot-pressed brass body DN 15 PN 25 (PN 16) Suitable for liquids up to 130 C (120 C) Permissible differential pressure p = 20 bar ( bar) K VS = 2.5 Sensor made of CrNiMo steel Observe mounting position! Type 238 K Hydraulic Controller Red brass body Idle temperature approx. 8 K (optionally 15 K) below adjusted set point Required differential pressure at control element 0. to 0.6 bar PN 16 Data Sheet T 2178 EN

133 Principle of operation (see Fig. 2) Fast-responding vapor pressure sensors are used to regulate the temperature of instantaneous water heaters. The temperature of the heated DHW creates a pressure in the sensor that corresponds to the actual value. This pressure is transferred through the capillary tube (8) to the operating element (13) and converted into a positioning force, which is compared to the force of the set point spring (10). The force ratio causes the plug in the valve (1) to move. Depending on the travel, an annular gap forms between the seat (2) and the plug (3) that determines the flow rate of the heating water. A temperature increase at the sensor causes the valve plug to close, thus reducing the flow rate of the heating water. Upon tapping hot water, a pressure difference of p = p 1 p 2 is created above the baffle plate (6). The resulting force opposes the force of the compression spring (7) that acts in closing direction and causes the valve (1) to open. Once hot water tapping has been completed, the pressure balance is restored. The force of the compression spring causes the valve plug to move in closing direction and the heat flow is interrupted. At the same time, the temperature set point of the thermostat drops by approx. 8 K (optionally 15 K) to reach the reduced idle temperature. As a result, reheating with temperature peaks as well as cooling off of the supply lines is prevented. Hot water is immediately available for the next tapping. Type 230 K Control Thermostat Type 238 K Hydraulic Controller Cold water supply p 1 Hot water return pipe Temperature sensor - vapor pressure thermostat - p Cold water connection to heat exchanger (turned into plane of projection) Vapor pressure thermostat Thermostat operating according to the vapor pressure principle. Due to the fast response time of approx. 3 s, these thermostats are particularly suitable for use in plate heat exchangers 1). 1) Other versions on request Installation The sensor must be installed in the best possible location to make ideal use of the thermostat s fast response. With plate heat exchangers, this location is directly upstream of the heat exchanger s hot water outlet. Install the temperature sensor such that the sensor reaches horizontally into the hot water duct when the heat exchanger is mounted, observing a maximum deviation of 5 from the horizontal position. The notch at the end of the sensor must point upward (see View A). Only install the sensor without thermowell. Observe a distance of approx. 5 mm between the tip of the sensor and the rear of the housing. Install the plate heat exchanger such that the heating water flows vertically between the plates. The heat exchanger connections for cold water and the (district) heating water return pipe are located at the bottom; the connections for hot water and the (district) heating water flow pipe can be found at the top. The ambient temperature at the set point adjuster must not exceed 35 C. Type 232 K Globe Valve 1 Valve body 7 Compression spring 2 Seat (replaceable) 8 Capillary tube 3 Plug 9 Set point adjuster Plug stem 10 Set point spring 5 Valve spring 11 Positioning bellows 6 Baffle plate 12 Pin of operating element 13 Operating element Fig. 2 Principle of operation Principle of operation Vapor pressure thermostat The temperature sensor is filled with a liquid that vaporizes depending on the temperature. In the sensor, a pressure proportional to the temperature is created. The pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube onto the positioning bellows and converted into a positioning force, which causes the valve plug to move depending on the adjusted set point. Plate heat exchanger max. ±5 5mm 1 Hot water outlet Connection piece with temperature sensor A View A Temperature sensor, notch facing upward Fig. 3 Installing the sensor 132 Data Sheet T 2178 EN

134 Table 1 Technical data Type 232 Valve Type 3-8 Type 3-8 N Nominal size DN 15 K VS 2.5 Nominal pressure PN 25 PN 16 Max. perm. differential pressure 20 bar 6 bar Max. perm. valve temperature 130 C 120 C Type 230 K Control Thermostat 1) Set point range 5 to 65 C Capillary tube 2 m (special version: 5 m) Max. perm. temperature at sensor 30 K above adjusted set point Max. perm. temperature at set point adjuster 35 C Perm. pressure at sensor PN 0 Type 238 K Hydraulic Controller Required differential pressure at control element on the cold water side 0. bar with a tapping rate up to 10 l/minute 0.5 bar with a tapping rate up to 20 l/minute Nominal pressure PN 16 Idle temperature Min. temperature difference between flow temperature and temperature set point Max. flow rate Approx. 8 K (optionally 15 K) below adjusted set point 10 K 20 l/minute 1) In addition to a Type 230 K Control Thermostat, a Type 239 K Safety Temperature Limiter can be used. Observe changed dimensions! Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Body CC91K (red brass Rg 5) CW602N (hot-pressed brass) Valve seat Stainless steel CW602N Valve plug 1.10 and dezincification-resistant brass with EPDM soft sealing Valve spring and spring in Type 238 K Stainless steel Baffle plate Temperature sensor Set point adjuster Capillary tube Sensor Copper CrNiMo steel Glass fiber reinforced PETP Field of application The quality of the domestic water to be controlled determines the field of application of the regulator. The water quality shall meet the requirements specified in Table 3. Domestic hot water heated in an instantaneous heating system with Type Table 3 Water quality Domestic water ph Min. 7/max. 10 Chloride concentration HCO 3 2 >1.5 SO Max. 150 mg/l 2 3 Carbonate hardness Total hardness Min. 5 dh (German hardness) Max. 12 dh (German hardness) 1 District heating supply 2 District heating return flow 3 Cold water Hot water Fig. Domestic hot water in an instantaneous heating system Data Sheet T 2178 EN

135 Accessories Connection piece (1) to hot water tapping point (G ¾ or G 1) With/without sensor pocket (G ¾ or G 1) Including flat gasket For temperature sensor Ø 12, Rg 5 To hot water tapping point Heating water flow pipe Hot water Cold water supply Corrugated pipe () with/without circulation pipe connection (2) for connection to heat exchanger (G ¾ or G 1) Including flat gasket 1 Hot water return pipe Double nut (5) of brass (G ¾ or G 1) for connection to heat exchanger Welding end (3) with connection nut Including flat gasket Connection dimensions for heat exchanger Heat exchanger connection Double nut (5) Distance a in mm 0 to 5 G ¾ G 1 8 to to 73 Cold water supply 2 5mm Connection G ¾ or G 1 a H 260mm (20mm) 1) Corrugated pipe () connection With/without circulation 3 5 Heating water return pipe Cold water Fig. 5 Regulator with accessories 1) For Type 3-8N Dimensions in mm Ø 12 Ø 76 G¾ /G1 G¾ / ) G¾ G¾ 30 1) For Type 3-8 N: 221 mm With Type 239 K Safety Temperature Limiter: 361 mm 3 65 Fig. 6 Dimensions Ordering text Temperature Regulator with Hydraulic Controller Type 3-8/Type 3-8 N Valve DN 15, K VS 2.5 Heat exchanger Type Heat exchanger connection G ¾/G 1 With/without circulation pipe connection Sensor (160 or 190 mm) with/without screw gland Optionally, special version Optionally, accessories 13 Data Sheet T 2178 EN

136 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Temperature Regulator with Three-way Valve Type 3-3 Application Temperature regulators for mixing and flow-diverting 1) service in heating or cooling installations Set points from 0 to 150 C Valves G ½ to G 1 female thread DN 15 to 50 for attachment of welding ends, threaded ends or flanges PN 25 Suitable for liquids up to 150 C Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (SL) are available. Special features Low-maintenance P regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any desired position and for operation at high excess temperatures, designed for operating pressures up to 0 bar Easy set point adjustment on a scale Three-way valve for mixing and flow-diverting service, flow across section AB independent from the valve plug position Version with double adapter Do3K for the attachment of additional control thermostats or manual adjuster (see Data Sheet T 2176 EN) Suitable for heat transfer media, such as water and oil Versions The regulators consist of a three-way valve made of red brass with a control thermostat comprising a set point adjuster, capillary tube and temperature sensor which functions according to the adsorption principle. Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator with an unbalanced Type 233 K Three-way Valve Female thread connection G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50 for connection nuts with welding ends, threaded ends or flanges Oil and water resistant Type 230 K Control Thermostat. Typetested safety devices Register numbers are available on request. Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator (TR) whose maximum operating pressure must not exceed the maximum differential pressure p specified in the Technical data. For sensors with thermowells, only SAMSON thermowells can be used. Details about the selection and application of typetested devices can be found in the Information Sheet T 2181 EN. Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are also available. Further details can be found in Data Sheets T 2183 EN and T 2185 EN. Fig. 1 Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator DN 25 with welding ends Special versions ANSI version available on request 5 m capillary tube Accessories Thermowell made of: Copper, PN 0, G ½ CrNiMo steel, PN 0, G ½ Combinations available on request 1) Used as a flow-diverting valve, only with male thread to attach welding ends, threaded ends or flanges Data Sheet T 2173 EN

137 Principle of operation (see Fig. 2) The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in the sensor, which is proportional to the actual temperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (6) to the positioning bellows (9), where it is converted into a positioning force. It acts on the valve plug (3) according to the set point adjusted. The three-way valve is used only for mixing services with the female thread connection or for mixing or diverting services in the version with male thread connection in sizes DN 15 to 50. When used as a mixing valve, the media to be mixed enter A and B ports. The combined stream flows off through AB. The flow from A or B to AB is determined by the free area between the seat (2) and the plug (3) and, as a result, depends on the position of the plug stem (). When the temperature rises, port A opens and port B closes. When used as a flow-diverting valve, the medium enters at AB and the diverted streams flow off at port A or port B. The flow from AB to A or B is determined by the position of the plug stem and the plugs. When the temperature rises, port A closes and port B opens. Type 3-3 as mixing valve A B 1 3 AB Type 3-3 as flow-diverting valve B Installation 1 Valves The valves must be installed in horizontal pipelines. The thermostat should preferably hang downwards. Other installation positions are possible for temperatures up to 110 C. The medium must flow through the valve in the direction indicated by the arrow on the valve body. The flow direction at ports A, B and AB must correspond with the regulator arrangement specific to the installation (see Fig. ). Capillary tube The capillary tube must be laid in such a way that the ambient temperature does not exceed the permissible temperature limit, the temperature is kept as even as possible at ambient temperatures of approx. +20 C and the tube cannot be damaged. The smallest permissible bending radius is 50 mm. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its whole length must be immersed in the medium to be controlled. The sensor should be installed in a location where overheating or considerable idle times cannot occur. Only the same kind of materials should be combined, for example, a thermowell made of stainless steel installed in a stainless steel heat exchanger. A Fig. 2 Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator male thread connection for DN 15 to AB 3 1 Valve body 7 Positioning spring(s) 2 Seat 8 Set point adjustment ring 3 Plug (exchangeable) 9 Positioning bellows Plug stem 10 Pin of operating element 5 Valve spring 11 Coupling nut 6 Capillary tube Flow rate diagram for water Fig. 3 Flow rate diagram for water 136 Data Sheet T 2173 EN

138 Examples of arrangements for Type 3-3 Temperature Regulators Heating Cooling Flow B Flow Flow B Flow A AB B A AB B Return flow A AB Return flow Return flow A AB Return flow Mixing valve in the flow pipe in the return flow pipe Mixing valve in the flow pipe in the return flow pipe A B AB Flow Flow Return flow Return flow A B AB A Flow Flow B Return flow AB Return flow A B AB Flow-diverting valve in the flow pipe in the return flow pipe Flow-diverting valve in the flow pipe in the return flow pipe Fig. Regulator arrangement in heating or cooling installations Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 233 K Three-way Valve Connection Female thread Male thread Nominal size G ½ G ¾ G 1 Medium DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 Water Oil K VS coefficient Nominal pressure PN 25 Max. perm. differential pressure p in bar Mixing valve p when p in B > p in A p when p in A > p in B Diverting valve p when AB > A or B Max. perm. valve temperature 150 C Type 230 K Control Thermostat Set point range, continuously adjustable 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C, 0 to 100 C, 50 to 120 C or 70 to 150 C Capillary tube 2 m (special version: 5 m) Max. permissible excess temperature at sensor 50 C above adjusted set point Max. permissible ambient temperature 80 C Permissible pressure at sensor/thermowell PN 25/PN 0 Max. permissible temperature range of medium Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN 0 to +150 C ( 15 to +150 C with intermediate piece) Body CC91K/CC99K (Rg 5) Plug Dezincification-resistant brass CW617N (CuZn0) with EPDM soft sealing Valve spring Stainless steel Temperature sensor Set point adjuster Capillary tube Copper Thermowell Nickel-plated copper or stainless steel Glass fiber reinforced PETP Data Sheet T 2173 EN

139 Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights Nominal size G G ½ G ¾ G 1 DN DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 Pipe diameter Ø d Connection size R G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1¾ G 2 G 2½ Width across flats SW Length Length L Height H Weight 1), approx. kg Connection nuts with welding ends, threaded ends or flanges Height H Connection nuts with welding ends Length L Height H Weight 1), approx. kg Connection nuts with threaded ends (male thread) Male thread A G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1½ G 2 Length L Height H Weight 1), approx. kg Connection nuts with flanges (PN 16/25) Length L Height H Weight 1), approx. kg ) Version for version with bulb sensor and thermowell Version without thermowell: minus 0.2 kg Dimensions Type 3-3 (G ½ to G 1 connections) L1 1 Specifications in parentheses () DN 32 to 50 Ø 16/220 mm: Version functioning as air sensor DN 15 to DN 50 H3 H5 L L3 SW Threaded ends A R H2 H5 L L2 SW Welding ends d R Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland. H H5 L L Flanges R The flanges are already mounted to the valve with flanges in DN 0 and DN 50 Fig. 5 Dimensions Ordering text Temperature Regulator with three-way valve Type 3-3 Female thread G Male thread for DN with connection nuts and welding ends, threaded ends or flanges Used as mixing valve/flow-diverting valve Set point range C Optionally, special version Optionally, accessories 138 Data Sheet T 2173 EN

140 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Temperature Regulator with Three-way Valve Type 3-3 ANSI version Application Temperature regulators for mixing and flow-diverting 1) service in heating or cooling installations Set points from 30 to 300 F (0 to 150 C) Valves ½ to 1 NPT NPS ½ to 2 (DN 15 to 50) for connection of welding ends, threaded ends or flanges Class 250 Suitable for liquids up to 300 F (150 C) Note Typetested temperature regulators (TR), safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (SL) are available. Special features Low-maintenance proportional regulators requiring no auxiliary energy Temperature sensor suitable for installation in any desired position and for operation at high excess temperatures, designed for operating pressures up to 580 psig (0 bar) Easy set point adjustment on a scale Three-way valve for mixing and flow-diverting service, flow across section AB independent from the valve plug position Version with double adapter Do3K for the attachment of additional control thermostats or manual adjuster (see Data Sheet T 2176 EN) Versions The regulators consist of a three-way valve made of red brass with a control thermostat containing a set point adjustment ring, a capillary tube and a temperature sensor which functions according to the adsorption principle. Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator (Fig. 1) with an unbalanced Type 233 K Three-way Valve Female thread connection ½ to 1 NPT, optionally NPS ½ to 2 (DN 15 to 50) for connection nuts with welding ends, threaded ends or flanges Oil and water resistant Class 250 Type 230 K Control Thermostat. Typetested safety devices Register numbers are available on request. Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator (TR) whose maximum operating pressure must not exceed the maximum differential pressure p specified in the technical data. For sensors with thermowells, only SAMSON thermowells can be used. Details about the selection and application of typetested devices can be found in the Information Sheet T 2181 EN. Safety temperature monitors (STM) and safety temperature limiters (STL) are also available. Further details can be found in Data Sheets T 2183 EN and T 2185 EN. Accessories Thermowell made of copper, Class 300 or CrNiMo steel, Class 300 Combinations available on request Fig. 1 Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator NPS 1 with welding ends Special versions 16. ft (5 m) capillary tube With intermediate piece for temperature range between 5 and 300 F ( 15 to +150 C) 1) Used as a flow-diverting valve, only with male thread connection for attachment of welding ends, threaded ends or flanges Data Sheet T 2177 EN

141 Principle of operation (see Fig. 2) The temperature of the medium produces a pressure in the sensor, which is proportional to the actual temperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (6) to the positioning bellows (9), where it is converted into a positioning force. It acts on the valve plug (3) according to the set point adjusted. The three-way valve is used only for mixing services with the female thread connection or for mixing or diverting services in the version with male thread connection in sizes NPS ½ to 2 (DN 15 to 50). When used as a mixing valve, the media to be mixed enter A and B ports. The combined stream flows off through AB. The flow from A or B to AB is determined by the free area between the seat (2) and the plug (3) and, as a result, depends on the position of the plug stem (). When the temperature rises, port A opens and port B closes. When used as a flow-diverting valve, the medium enters at AB and the diverted streams flow off at port A or port B. The flow from AB to A or B is determined by the position of the plug stem and the plugs. When the temperature rises, port A closes and port B opens. A Type 3-3 as mixing valve B 1 3 AB Installation Only the same kind of materials should be combined, for example, a thermowell made of stainless steel installed in a stainless steel heat exchanger. Valves The valves must be installed in horizontal pipelines. The thermostat should preferably hang downwards - other installation positions are possible for temperatures up to 230 F (110 C). The medium must flow through the valve in the direction indicated by the arrow on the valve body. The flow direction at ports A, B and AB must correspond with the regulator arrangement specific to the installation (see Fig. 3). Capillary tube The capillary tube must be laid in such a way that the ambient temperature does not exceed the permissible temperature limit, the temperature is kept as even as possible at ambient temperatures and the tube cannot be damaged. The smallest permissible bending radius is 2 (50 mm). Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its whole length must be immersed in the medium to be controlled. The sensor should be installed in a location where overheating or considerable idle times cannot occur. A Type 3-3 as flow-diverting valve Fig. 2 Type 3-3 Temperature Regulator - NPS ½ to 2 (DN 15 to 50) - B AB 3 1 Valve body 7 Positioning spring(s) 2 Seat 8 Set point adjustment ring 3 Plug (exchangeable) 9 Positioning bellows Plug stem 10 Pin of operating element 5 Valve spring 11 Coupling nut 6 Capillary tube Ordering text Temperature Regulator with three-way valve Type 3-3 Female thread NPT Male thread for NPS (DN)... with welding ends, threaded ends or flanges Used as mixing valve/flow-diverting valve Set point range F ( C) Optionally, special version Optionally, accessories Specifications subject to change without notice. 10 Data Sheet T 2177 EN

142 Examples of arrangements for Type 3-3 Temperature Regulators Heating Cooling Flow B Flow Flow B Flow A AB B A AB B Return flow A AB Return flow Return flow A AB Return flow Mixing valve in the flow pipe in the return flow pipe Mixing valve in the flow pipe in the return flow pipe A B AB Flow Flow Return flow Return flow A B AB A Flow Flow B Return flow AB Return flow A B AB Flow-diverting valve in the flow pipe in the return flow pipe Flow-diverting valve in the flow pipe in the return flow pipe Fig. 3 Regulator arrangement in heating or cooling installations Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar and psi (gauge) Type 233 K Three-way Valve Connection Female thread Male thread Thread size Valve size Medium ½ NPT (G ½) ¾ NPT (G ¾) 1 NPT (G 1) NPS ½ (DN 15) NPS ¾ (DN 20) Water Oil NPS 1 (DN 25) NPS 1¼ (DN 32) NPS 1½ (DN 0) C V coefficients K VS coefficients Pressure rating Class 250 Max. permissible differential pressure p Mixing valve p when p in B > p in A p when p in A > p in B Diverting valve p when AB > A or B Max. perm. valve temperature Type 230 K Control Thermostat Set point range, continuously adjustable 6 psi. bar 6 psi. bar 6 psi. bar 38 psi 2.6 bar 38 psi 2.6 bar 38 psi 2.6 bar 26 psi 1.8 bar 26 psi 1.8 bar 26 psi 1.8 bar 6 psi. bar 6 psi. bar 6 psi. bar 38 psi 2.6 bar 38 psi 2.6 bar 38 psi 2.6 bar 300 F (150 C) 26 psi 1.8 bar 26 psi 1.8 bar 26 psi 1.8 bar 13 psi 0.9 bar 13 psi 0.9 bar 13 psi 0.9 bar 9 psi 0.6 bar 9 psi 0.6 bar 9 psi 0.6 bar 30 to 95 F, 75 to 160 F, 105 to 210 F, 125 to 250 F or 160 to 300 F 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C, 0 to 100 C, 50 to 120 C or 70 to 150 C Capillary tube 6.5 ft (2 m), special version: 16. ft (5 m) Max. permissible excess temperature at sensor Max. permissible ambient temperature 50 K above adjusted set point 175 F (80 C) Permissible pressure at sensor/thermowell Class 250/Class 300 Max. permissible temperature range of medium 30 to 300 F (0 to +150 C) Special version with intermediate piece: 5 to 300 F ( 15 to +150 C) NPS 2 (DN 50) 9 psi 0.6 bar 9 psi 0.6 bar 9 psi 0.6 bar Data Sheet T 2177 EN

143 Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to ASTM and DIN EN Body C (Rg 5) Plug Dezincification-resistant brass C37700 (CW617N) with EPDM soft sealing Valve spring Stainless steel Temperature sensor Capillary tube Copper Thermowell Nickel-plated copper or stainless steel Set point adjustment ring Glass fiber reinforced PETP Table 3 Dimensions and weights Thread size ½ NPT (G ½) ¾ NPT (G 3 ) 1 NPT (G 1) Valve size NPS ½ (DN 15) NPS ¾ (DN 20) NPS 1 (DN 25) NPS 1¼ (DN 32) NPS 1½ (DN 0) NPS 2 (DN 50) Pipe d 0.8 (21.3 mm) 1.1 (26.8 mm) 1.3 (32.7 mm) 1.7 (2 mm) 1.9 (8 mm) 2. (60 mm) Thread size R G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1¾ G 2 G 2½ Width across flats SW 1.2 (30 mm) 1. (36 mm) 1.8 (6 mm) 2.3 (59 mm) 2.6 (65 mm) 3.3 (82 mm) Length L 2.6 (65 mm) 2.8 (70 mm) 3 (75 mm) (100 mm).3 (110 mm) 5.1 (130 mm) Length L1 2.6 (65 mm) 3 (75 mm) 3.5 (90 mm) Height H1 1.6 (0 mm) 1.6 (0 mm) 1.6 (0 mm) 2.6 (65 mm) 2.8 (70 mm) 3 (75 mm) Weight 1), approx. 3.3 lb (1.5 kg) 1.6 lb (3.5 kg) 3.7 lb (1.7 kg) 5.9 lb (2.7 kg) 6.2 lb (2.8 kg) 8.2 lb (3.7 kg) With welding ends, threaded ends and flange connections Height H5 1.6 (0 mm) 2. (60 mm) 2.6 (65 mm) With welding ends Length L2 8.3 (210 mm) 9.2 (23 mm) 9.6 (2 mm) 10.6 (268 mm) 11.6 (29 mm) 13 (330 mm) Height H2 112 mm) 122 mm) 12 mm) 1 mm) 157 mm) 165 mm) Weight 1), approx With threaded ends (male thread) Male thread A 1 2 NPT 3 NPT 1 NPT 1 1 NPT 11 2 NPT 2 NPT Length L3 5.1 (129 mm) 5.7 (1 mm) 6.3 (159 mm) 7.1 (180 mm) 7.7 (196 mm) 9 (228 mm) Height H3 2.8 (72 mm) 3 (77 mm) 3.2 (82 mm) (100 mm).2 (108 mm).5 (11 mm) Weight 1), approx.. lb (2 kg) 5.1 lb (2.3 kg) 5.5 lb (2.5 kg) 5.6 lb (3.9 kg) 9.3 lb (.2 kg) 12.1 lb (5.5 kg) With flanges PN 16/25 Length L 5.1 (130 mm) 6 (150 mm) 6.3 (160 mm) 7.1 (180 mm) 7.9 (200 mm) 9.1 (230 mm) Height H 2.8 (70 mm) 3.1 (80 mm) 3.3 (85 mm) (100 mm).1 (105 mm).7 (120 mm) Weight 1), approx. 9 lb (.1 kg) 11.7 lb (5.3 kg) 13.8 lb (6.3 kg) 19.2 lb (8.7 kg) 22.5 lb (10.2 kg) 28.7 lb (13 kg) 1) Version for version with bulb sensor and thermowell Version without thermowell: minus 0. lb (0.2 kg) Type 3-3 (½ to 1 NPT connections) NPS ½ to 2 DN 15 to 50 H1 L1 Specifications in parentheses () NPS 1¼ to 2 (DN 32 to 50) H3 H5 SW A R H2 H5 SW d R 6.93" (7.32") 176 (186) NPT½(¾) L L3 L L2 185 (220) 185 (220) 7.31" (8.70") Threaded ends Welding ends Ø12(Ø19) ıø0.8"(ø0.75") Ø9.5(Ø16) Ø0.38"(Ø0.63") Bulb sensor with thermowell screwed gland 0.6 /8.7 : Version as air sensor H H5 L L R The flanges are already mounted to the valve with flanges in sizes NPS 1½ (DN 0) and NPS 2 (DN 50) Fig. Dimensions Flanges 12 Data Sheet T 2177 EN

144 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Temperature Regulators Series 3 with - Double adapter Do3 K - Manual adjuster Application Temperature regulator with a double adapter for attaching a second thermostat for control by a second process variable. Temperature regulator with a manual adjuster for manual control of the process Connection to globe valves and three-way valves G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50 PN 25 Double adapter Do3 K and manual adjuster in combination with Series 3 Temperature Regulators Double adapter Do3 K Installation between valve and control thermostat. It is suitable for attaching two control thermostats or control devices at the maximum. This includes the use of one connection point for the attachment of the manual adjuster. In all combinations, the largest signal actuates the valve during operation. c a b Double adapter Do3 K Manual adjuster For the manual operation of the valve. The manual adjuster (Fig. 2) can either be attached directly to the valve instead of a control thermostat or to the Do3 K at connection b. Versions Double adapter Do3 K (Fig. 1) Connection a with a coupling pin bushing Connection b and c for attaching a control thermostat or other control devices (e.g. a manual adjuster). Combined regulators with double adapters to control the differential pressure, (flow) and temperature are available. Details can be found in Data Sheet T 3132 EN. Manual adjuster (Fig. 2) directly attached to the valve For the manual operation of the valve. Fig. 1 Temperature regulator with Type 232 K Valve, Double adapter Do3 K with two Type 230 K Thermostats Table 1 Materials and weights The permissible ambient temperatures of the valves, thermostats and actuators also apply to regulators with double adapter and/or manual adjuster. Materials acc. to DIN EN Double adapter Body PETP, glass fiber reinforced Coupling pin Stainless steel 1.10 Manual adjuster Body CW509 (brass) Threaded pin S275JR (St -2) Lock nut Intermediate insulating piece Intermediate piece Weights Double adapter Do3 K Manual adjuster 1.305, CW617N, PTFE, EPDM, FPM Approx. 0.2 kg Approx. 0.2 kg Fig. 2 Type 236 K Valve with manual adjuster Table 2 Versions with double adapter/manual adjuster Technical data according to the listed data sheets Valve Type 231 K 232 K 233 K 235 K 236 K 237 K Globe valve Three-way valve Thread size G ½ to G 1 G ½ to G 1 Nominal size 1) DN 15 to 50 DN 32 to 50 Data Sheet T 2171 EN T 2173 EN T 2172 EN Fitted with Manual adjuster Type 230 K Control Thermostat DN 15 to 50 1) Normal version with welding ends; optionally with threaded ends or flanges Types 232 K, 236 K, 237 K: DN 32 to 50 also with flanged body made of EN-JS109 Data Sheet T 2176 EN

145 Double adapter Do3 K with manual adjuster (Fig. ) To manually close the valve or to limit its travel Connection c for control thermostat, connection b for manual adjuster. 1 Principle of operation (Figs. 3, and 5) The double adapter mounts between the valve (1) and the control thermostat (5) and allows two control thermostats to be attached to connections b and c (Fig. 3). A manual adjuster can be attached to the double adapter at connection b to limit the valve travel (Fig. ). In the double temperature regulator shown in Fig. 1, the thermostat attached to connection b can be used to control the flow temperature and the second thermostat can be used to limit the return flow temperature, for example. Each thermostat produces a positioning force according to its process variable. The thermostat that produces the greater force is coupled to the valve plug. Depending on the connection of the thermostat exerting the greater force, the positioning force is transmitted either directly from connection c or via the lever (3) from connection b to the coupling pin () and thus to the plug stem (2) and valve plug a c b 5 Manual adjuster (Fig. 5) - directly attached to the valve The threaded pin (8) of the manual adjuster acts on the plug stem (2) of the valve. Turning the threaded pin (8) manually will change the position of the valve plug and thus the flow rate of the heat transfer medium. The lock nut (7) is used to fix the adjusted valve plug position. Fig. 3 Type 231 K Valve and double adapter Do3 K with two Type 230 K Thermostats Intermediate insulating piece (Fig. 6) It is installed between the valve and thermostat or manual adjuster in applications involving low temperatures of the control medium (down to 15 C). a b Dimensions c 5 Fig. Double adapter Do3 K, Type 230 K Thermostat and manual adjuster 1 Double adapter Do3 K ( ) 2 6 Manual adjuster ( ) Fig. 6 Dimensions Intermediate insulating piece ( ) 7 8 Fig. 5 Type 231 K Valve with manual adjuster a, b, c Connections 1 Valve 2 Plug stem 3 Lever Coupling pin 5 Control thermostat 6 Manual adjuster 7 Lock nut 8 Threaded pin 1 Data Sheet T 2176 EN

146 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Return Flow Temperature Limiters Type 3 D Type D/ E Application Limiters for the return flow temperature in district heating systems and other heating installations Set point range 10 to 70 C Valves G 3 8 to G 1 Nominal pressure PN 25/PN 16 Suitable for water up to max. 120 C The valve closes as the temperature rises. The return flow temperature limiter consists of a valve with a seat and an integrated thermostat with a plug, excess temperature protection and set point adjuster. Tight-closing, single-seated valve Inlet: connection nut with threaded end or welding end Outlet: female thread Optionally both ends with connection nuts with threaded ends or welding ends (not for Type E). Especially suitable for district heating systems. Special features Low-maintenance P regulator requiring no auxiliary energy; a temperature sensor is integrated Wide set point range and easy set point adjustment. Limitation to a minimum and maximum set point available on request Adjustment to a specified temperature set point with a lead seal Suitable for water and liquids, provided these do not cause the materials used to corrode Fig. 1 Type 3 D 1 2 Fig. 2 Type E Versions Type 3 D (203) Return flow temperature limiter with a globe valve G ½, G ¾, and G 1 (PN 16) and thermostat for set points from 20 to 70 C (Fig. 1) PN 25 Type D (20) Return flow temperature limiter with a globe valve G 3 8 and G ½ and thermostat for set points from 10 to 60 C PN 16 Type E (20) Return flow temperature limiter, same version as Type D, but with an angle valve Outlet: female thread (Fig. 2) PN 16 Principle of operation The return flow temperature limiters function according to the liquid expansion principle. The temperature-based volume change of the expanding liquid in the thermostat (3) moves the thermostat casing and the thermowell () with the valve plug (5). The set point can be adjusted by turning the cap (1). This adjustment causes the thermostat (3), thermowell and valve plug (5) to move. The position of the valve plug determines the flow rate across the free area between the plug (5) and the valve seat (6). 3 Fig. 3 Type 3 D 1 Cap for set point adjustment 2 Spring for excess temperature protection 3 Thermostat with metal bellows Thermowell 5 Valve plug 6 Valve seat 7 Stop screw 8 Marking rib 9 Return spring Data Sheet T 2080 EN

147 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 3 D D/ E Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 3 8 G ½ K VS coefficient Max. perm. diff. pressure 6 bar bar Set point range 1) 20 to 70 C 10 to 60 C Max. perm. temperature 120 C Max. perm. operating pressure 25 bar 16 bar 1) Optional: limited to minimum or maximum temperature within set point range. Adjustment to a temperature set point, lead-sealed, if required Table 2 Materials Material number acc. to DIN EN Body Seat Plug Thermostat Scaled cap CC75S CC75S CW509 (brass) with EPDM soft seal CW509 (brass) Plastic Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights Type 3 3 D D E Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 3 8 G ½ G 3 8 G ½ L (threaded connection) L (welding ends) L H max H H2 15 D 61 8 Weight, approx in kg ØD H Installation The device may be installed in any desired position Installation in horizontal pipelines (with scaled cap in upright position) is preferable The direction of flow must correspond with the arrow on the body H1 L1 L Type 3 D Normal version Version with welding ends Flow rate diagram for water The values apply to a fully open valve. Optional: Type 3 D und Type D with threaded ends or welding ends on both sides ØD ØD Type 3 D Type E H H2 H Q m³ h 6 K vs G1 G¾ G½ G½ G 3 8 p 6 [bar] H1 Type D L L1 Fig. 5 Dimensional diagram H1 Type E Ordering text Return Flow Temperature Limiter Type Thread size G Special version L L1 Fig. Flow rate diagram for water 16 Data Sheet T 2080 EN

148 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Typetested Safety Devices Series 3 Application Control, limitation, safety monitoring and safety limitation of the energy supply to heat generators and heat exchangers which must be equipped with typetested devices. Note Devices typetested acc. to DIN EN 1597 are available for installations acc. to DIN 77-1, DIN EN and DIN 753. The safety devices are used to control and protect indirectly heated heat generators in heating and water-based heating systems. The temperature regulators, temperature limiters, safety temperature monitors and safety temperature limiters are compulsory according to the relevant regulations (e.g. DIN 77-1, DIN EN and DIN 753) for installations with heat generators or heat exchangers which are heated by steam, hot liquids or by district heating systems. These devices must be tested for reliability and certified accordingly. Therefore the devices listed in this information sheet have been tested by TÜV (German Technical Inspectorate) and licensed with a register number. Device designations The designation of the safety devices is laid down in DIN EN 1597 (temperature control and limiting devices for heat generators). The temperatures specified in Figs. 1 to 3 are meant only as a guide to the typical application ranges of the devices shown. The device needed in each case must meet the requirements of the installation and comply with the relevant safety regulations. Temperature regulators (TR), which have been typetested, are necessary in many installations. They constantly measure the temperature as a controlled variable, compare it with a given set point, adjust the actual temperature to the set point and interrupt the energy supply when the temperature exceeds the set point. Safety temperature monitors (STM) interrupt the energy supply when the temperature reaches the adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor (Fig. 3). They reset themselves automatically when the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed. Safety temperature limiters (STL) interrupt and block the energy supply when the temperature reaches the adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor (Fig. 1). They can only be reset and put back into operation with a tool when the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed. Safety temperature monitors and safety temperature limiters are designed for Extended Safety according to DIN EN 1597, since they are also effective even when a defect occurs. The safety temperature limiters are available optionally with a signal transmitter which produces a signal for fault indication. Fig. 2 Heating installation with safety temperature monitor according to DIN 77-1 Fig. 3 Heating installation with temperature regulator and safety temperature monitor according to DIN 77-1 TR TL STM STL >110 C _ <100 C STL <95 C Fig. 1 DHW heating systems according to DIN 753 >120 C >100 C TR STL STM STM TR Temperature regulator Temperature limiter Safety temperature monitor Safety temperature limiter <120 C < _ 75 C Information Sheet T 2181 EN

149 Typetested safety devices Versions for G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50 PN 16 or 25 Limits up to 120 C The regulators and limiters function according to the adsorption principle or the vapor pressure principle. The temperature-dependent pressure change in the sensor causes the valve plug position to change, thus changing the flow rate of the heating medium. Table 1 gives an overview of the Series 3 Temperature Regulators. Time behavior of thermostats The regulator s dynamics is largely determined by the sensor s response behavior and its typical time constant. Table 2 shows the time constants of SAMSON thermostats for Series 3 Regulators with varying functioning principles on measuring water. Table 2 Time behavior of thermostats Principle Type Without With thermowell 230 K 15 s Adsorption 1) 30 s 2) 0 s 1) 80 s 2) 239 K 3) 0 s Vapor 203 K 3 s pressure 3) 1) DN 15 to 25 2) DN 32 to 50 3) Not permissible Table 1 Overview of temperature regulators Type With valve Details in Type Connection size Nom. press. Data Sheet K G ½ to G 1 PN 25 T 2171 EN K DN 15 to 50 2) PN K G ½ to G 1 DN 15 to 50 2) PN K G ½ to G 1 PN ) 236 K G ½ to G 1 PN 16 DN 32 to 50 2) PN K DN 15 to 50 2) PN 25 T 2173 EN T 2172 EN K DN 15 PN 25 T 2178 EN Double adapter/manual adjuster T 2176 EN 1) Reversed function: Valve opens instead of valve closes 2) Also with flanged body made of EN-JS109 or stainless steel (DN 32 to 50) TR TR TR Temperature regulators (TR) Temperature regulators (TR) (Fig. ) consist of a Type 230 K Control Thermostat (3) and a valve (1). They control the temperature and adjust the energy supply when the temperature exceeds the adjusted set point. 3 TR.3. Fig. Temperature regulators (TR).1 Type 3-1 or Type Type Type 3-2 or Type 3-6. Type Safety temperature monitors (STM) Safety temperature monitors (STM) (Fig. 5) consist of a Type 203 K Safety Thermostat () and a valve (1). The safety thermostat not only closes the valve when the temperature reaches its limit value adjustable between 60 to 75 C, 75 to 100 C or 100 to 120 C, but also when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor. It resets itself automatically when the fault has been removed and the temperature has fallen below the limit value. 1 1 STM STM STM Legend for Figs. to 9 1 Type 231 K, Type 232 K, Type 235 K, Type 236 K or Type 237 K Globe Valve 2 Type 233 K Three-way Valve 3 Type 230 K Control Thermostat Type 203 K Safety Thermostat 5 Type 239 K Safety Thermostat 6 Electric signal transmitter (optional) 5.3 STM 5. Fig. 5 Safety temperature monitors (STM) with Type 203 K Safety Thermostat 5.1 Type 231 K/203 K or Type 235 K/203 K 5.2 Type 232 K/203 K 5.3 Type 237 K/203 K or Type 236 K/203 K 5. Type 233 K/203 K 18 Information Sheet T 2181 EN

150 Temperature regulators (TR) and safety temperature monitors (STM) The combination TR/STM (Fig. 6) consists of a Type 203 K Safety Thermostat (), a Type 230 K Control Thermostat (3) and a valve (1). The Type 230 K Control Thermostat (3), additionally attached to the spring mechanism, functions in this combination as a temperature regulator TR STM TR STM TR STM TR STM Fig. 6 Temperature regulators and safety temperature monitors (TR/STM) with Type 203 K Safety Thermostat and Type 230 K Control Thermostat 6.1 Type 231 K/230 K/203 K or Type 235 K/230 K/203 K 6.2 Type 232 K/230 K/203 K 6.3 Type 237 K/230 K/203 K or Type 236 K/230 K/203 K 6. Type 233 K/230 K/203 K Safety temperature limiters (STL) The safety temperature limiters (STL) (Fig. 7) consist of a Type 239 K Safety Thermostat (5) and a valve (1). The spring mechanism in the safety thermostat closes and locks the valve when the temperature reaches the limit value adjustable between 0 to 95 C or 70 and 120 C as well as when the capillary tube ruptures or when there is a leak in the sensor. It can only be reset and put back into operation with a screwdriver when the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed. STL STL STL STL Typetested regulators conforming to DIN EN 1597 The following typetested regulators are available: Temperature regulators (TR) with Type 230 K Control Thermostat. Safety temperature monitors (STM) with Type 203 K Control Thermostat. Safety temperature limiters (STL) with Type 239 K Safety Thermostat. The register numbers are available on request. Further details can be found in the Data Sheet T 2185 EN Fig. 7 Safety temperature monitors (STM) with Type 239 K Safety Thermostat 7.1 Type 231 K/239 K or Type 235 K/239 K 7.2 Type 232 K/239 K 7.3 Type 237 K/239 K or Type 236 K/239 K 7. Type 233 K/239 K Information Sheet T 2181 EN

151 Temperature regulators (TR) and safety temperature Limiters (STL) The combination TR/STL (Fig. 8) consists of a Type 239 K Safety Thermostat (5), a Type 230 K Control Thermostat (3) and a valve (1). The Type 230 K Control Thermostat, attached to the Type 239 K Safety Thermostat, functions in this combination as a temperature regulator (TR). STL 1 STL STL STL Fig. 8 Temperature regulators and safety temperature limiters (TR/STL) with Type 239 K Safety Thermostat and Type 230 K Control Thermostat 8.1 Type 231 K/230 K/239 K or Type 235 K/230 K/239 K 8.2 Type 232 K/230 K/239 K 8.3 Type 237 K/230 K/239 K or Type 236 K/230 K/239 K 8. Type 233 K/230 K/239 K Electric signal transmitter Type 239 K Safety Thermostat can be supplied with an electric signal transmitter which produces a signal for fault indication (Fig. 9) V~ 6 Fig. 9 Type 239 K Safety Thermostat with electric signal transmitter (optional, not retrofittable) 150 Information Sheet T 2181 EN

152 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Safety Temperature Monitors (STM) with Safety Thermostat Type 203 K Application Safety temperature monitoring of the energy supplied to heat generators or heat exchangers by closing the valve. For limit signals from 60 to 120 C With valves in sizes G ½ to G 1 or DN 15 to 50 PN 16 or 25 Max. 200 C Note Devices typetested acc. to DIN EN 1597 are available for installations acc. to DIN 77-1, DIN EN and DIN 753. Refer to Information Sheet T 2181 EN for details on the use of the safety temperature monitors. Safety temperature monitors with a valve and a Type 203 K Safety Thermostat operate without auxiliary energy and are designed for Extended Safety acc. to DIN EN The valve is closed by a spring mechanism when the temperature reaches an adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube breaks or when leakage occurs in the sensor system. The thermostat is reset and the regulator put back into operation automatically as soon as the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed. Versions The Type 203 K Safety Thermostat consists of a temperature sensor, limit value adjuster, capillary tube and operating element with spring mechanism. 1 5 STM Fig. 1 Type 231 K/203 K STM STM Fig. 2 Type 237 K/203 K STM Safety temperature monitors (Figs. 1 to 3) Type 231 K/203 K With Type 231 K Globe Valve for G ½ to G 1 PN 25 Type 203 K Thermostat 150 C Type 233 K/203 K With Type 233 K Globe Valve for G ½ to G 1 or DN 15 to DN 50 PN 25 Type 203 K Thermostat 200 C Type 235 K/203 K With Type 235 Globe Valve K for G ½ to G 1 PN 25 Type 203 K Thermostat 200 C Type 232 K/203 K With Type 232 K Globe Valve for DN 15 to DN 50 PN 25 Type 203 K Thermostat 150 C Type 237 K/203 K With Type 237 K Globe Valve for DN 15 to DN 50 PN 25 Type 203 K Thermostat 200 C Type 236 K/203 K With Type 236 K Globe Valve for G ½ to G 1 PN 16 or for DN 15 to DN 50 PN 25 Type 203 K Thermostat Valve opens in case of emergency 150 C Temperature regulators and safety temperature monitors (TR/STM) (Figs. to 6) consist of one of the above mentioned instruments Type.../203 K and a Type 203 K Control Thermostat typetested acc. to DIN EN 1597, for example: Type 231 K/230 K/203 K With Type 231 K Valve for G ½ to G 1 PN 25 Type 230 K Control Thermostat and Type 203 K Safety Thermostat Details and technical data of the valves and Type 230 K Control Thermostats can be found in the Data Sheets: T 2171 EN Types 231 K/232 K Globe Valves T 2172 EN Types 235 K, 236 K and 237 K Globe Valves T 2173 EN Type 233 K Three-way Valve STM Fig. 3 Type 233 K/203 K STM TR STM Fig. 5 Type 237 K/230 K/ 203 K TR/STM 1 Type 23 K Globe Valve 2 Type 233 K Three-way Valve 5 3 STM TR Fig. Type 231 K/230 K/ 203 K, Type 235 K/ 230 K/203 K TR/STM TR 2 3 STM Fig. 6 Type 233 K/230 K 203 K TR/STM 3 Type 230 K Control Thermostat Type 203 K Safety Thermostat Data Sheet T 2183 EN

153 Principle of operation (Fig. 7) The safety temperature monitors work according to the vapor pressure principle. The medium temperature produces a pressure in the sensor (9) that corresponds to the actual temperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (8) to the metal bellows of the operating element (10) where it is converted into a positioning force. This force acts on the pin (11), moving the valve's plug stem () and plug (3). The position of the plug determines the flow rate of the heat transfer medium across the area released between the valve's plug and seat (2). The spring mechanism is released by the pressure decrease in the system when the capillary tube breaks or when there is a leak in the sensor, closing the valve over the pin (11) of the operating element. The Type 203 K Safety Thermostat is available in two versions, which differ in the sensor's mounting position: Sensor horizontal or sensor tip points up Sensor horizontal or sensor tip points down Register numbers of devices tested acc. to DIN EN 1597: Type 231 K, Type 232 K, Type 233 K, Type 235 K and Type 237 K Valves with Type 203 K Safety Thermostat Available on request Type 230 K Control Thermostat Fig. 7 Type 232 K/203 K Safety Temperature Monitor (STM) Type 232 K Valve 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Plug stem 5 Valve spring 6 Connection nut Type 203 K Safety Thermostat 8 Capillary tube 9 Sensor 10 Operating element 11 Pin of the operating element 12 Set point adjuster Installation Valve Install the valve in a horizontal pipeline with the operating element of the thermostat vertically suspended. Other mounting positions are possible for Types 231 K, 232 K and 233 K Valves at temperatures up to 110 C. For Type 236 K up to 110 C, the operating element must point up (upright). Make sure the direction of flow through the valve matches the arrow on the body. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded. The smallest permissible bending radius is 50 mm. Temperature sensor Observe the mounting position of the temperature sensor! Depending on the version, mount the sensor either horizontally or with the tip pointing up or horizontally with the tip pointing down. Some versions may also be installed at an angle. Make sure the sensor's entire length is immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Special version Reduced K VS coefficient in DN 15 or G ½ Combinations Safety temperature monitor with Type 230 K Control Thermostat Safety temperature monitor with differential pressure or flow regulation Ordering text Safety Temperature Monitor Type 23 K/203 K With Type 23 Valve, G or DN with welding ends/threaded ends/flanges (with Types 232 and 237 only) For mixing/diverting service (with Type 233 K only) PN With Type 203 K Safety Thermostat Limit value range C With sensor version Sensor horizontal or sensor tip points up Sensor horizontal or sensor tip points down Optionally, accessories Optionally, special version 152 Data Sheet T 2183 EN

154 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Valve Type 231 K 233 K 235 K 236 K 1) 232 K 1) 237 K 1) Thread size G ½ to 1 Female thread Nominal size DN 15 to to to to to to 50 Nominal pressure PN Max. permissible temperature C Max. perm. differential pressure p 20. 2) K VS coefficients with Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 Nominal size DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 K VS coefficients with Type 233 K K VS coefficients with Types 235 K, 236 K, 237 K Special versions K VS values with Types 231 K, 232 K ) Special versions Type 203 K Safety Thermostat for STM Limit value adjustment range 60 to 75 C, 75 to 100 C, 100 to 120 C Permissible ambient temperature Max. 50 C Permissible temperature at the sensor 25 K above the adjusted set point Permissible pressure at the sensor 25 bar Capillary tube length 5 m Type 230 K Thermostat for TR Set point range Continuously adjustable: 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C, 0 to 100 C, 50 to 120 C or 70 to 150 C Permissible ambient temperature 0 to 50 C Permissible temperature at the sensor 25 K above the adjusted set point Permissible pressure at the sensor 25 bar Capillary tube length 2 m (special version: 5 m) 1) DN 15 to 50 also available with flanged body made of EN-JS109 (GGG 0.3) 2) Refer to Data Sheet T 2173 EN for values of other nominal sizes 3) For Type 236 K only Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Valve Type 231 K 232 K 1) 235 K 236 K 1) 237 K 1) 233 K Body CC91K/CC99K (red brass, Rg 5) 2) Seat Stainless steel Integrated into the body Plug Stainless steel with brass ) and EPDM soft seal 3) CW617N ) + EPDM soft seal Valve spring Stainless steel Balancing bellows Stainless steel Type 203 K Safety Thermostat for STM and Type 230 K Thermostat for TR Connecting element Type 203 K Set point adjuster PPO with brass connection nut Glass-fiber reinforced PETP Sensor Capillary tube Copper 1) DN 15 to 50 also available with flanged body made of EN-JS109 2) Type 236 K in G ½ to G 1: CW60N (brass) 3) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM/FKM soft seal Data Sheet T 2183 EN

155 Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights in kg Types 231 K/203 K 233 K/203 K 235 K/203 K 236 K/203 K Connection G ½ ¾ 1 Length L Type 231 K/ 203 K Type 233 K/ 203 K Type 235 K/ 203 K Type 236 K/ 203 K Type 231 K/ 203 K Type 233 K/ 203 K Type 235 K/ 203 K Type 236 K/ 203 K Height H 10 Height H 10 Height H1 0 Height H 220 Height H 15 Height H1 6 Approx. weight Approx. weight Approx. weight Approx. weight Types 232 K/203 K 233 K/203 K 236 K/203 K 237 K/203 K Nominal size DN Pipe Ø d Width across flats SW Length L With welding ends L With threaded ends L With flanges L Male thread A G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1½ G K/ 203 K 233 K/ 203 K 236 K/ 203 K 237 K/ 203 K Approx. weight in kg 232 K/ 203 K with 233 K/ 203 K with 236 K/ 203 K with Height H Height H Height H Height H Height H Height H Height H 160 Height H1 95 Height H Height H Welding ends Threaded ends Flanges Welding ends Threaded ends Flanges Welding ends Threaded ends Flanges Dimensions Safety temperature monitors (STM) Type 231 K/203 K 235 K/203 K d L1 L Type 232 K/203 K Type 236 K/203 K Type 236 K/203 K G ½ to G 1 d L L L1 L SW SW H H1 H 50 H H1 H G½ d A H Ø12 L L1 L L2 L L L3 SW SW SW H1 Type 233 K/203 K Version with female thread Type 233 K/203 K Version with welding ends 225 H H2 H H3 Type 233 K/203 K Version with threaded ends H Type 223 K/203 K Version with flanges Type 237 K/203 K Temperature regulator with safety temperature monitor (TR/STM) Fig. 8 Dimensions Type K/230 K/203 K 15 Data Sheet T 2183 EN

156 Self-operated Temperature Regulators Series 3 Safety Temperature Limiters (STL) with Safety Thermostat Type 239 K Application Safety temperature limitation of the energy supplied to heat generators or heat exchangers by closing or locking the valve. For limit signals from 10 to 120 C With valves in sizes G ½ to G 1 or DN 15 to 50 PN 16 or 25 Max. 200 C Note Devices typetested acc. to DIN EN 1597 are available for installations acc. to DIN 77-1, DIN EN and DIN 753. Refer to Information Sheet T 2181 EN for details on the use of the safety temperature limiters. Safety temperature limiters with a valve and a Type 239 K Safety Thermostat operate without auxiliary energy and are designed for Extended Safety acc. to DIN EN The valve is closed by a spring mechanism and locked when the temperature reaches an adjusted limit value, when the capillary tube breaks or when leakage occurs in the sensor system. A screwdriver is required to reset the thermostat and put the regulator back into operation when the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed. Safety temperature limiters (STL) With valve with G ½ to G 1 female thread STL STL 1 1 With DN 15 to DN 50 valve Versions (Figs. 1 to ) The Type 239 K Safety Thermostat consists of a housing with spring mechanism and a thermostat with capillary tube, bulb sensor and a thermowell. The device can optionally be equipped with an electric signal transmitter for remote transmission of fault states. Fig. 1 Type 231 K/239 K Type 235 K/239 K Type 236 K/239 K Fig. 2 Type 232 K/239 K Type 236 K/239 K Type 237 K/239 K Safety temperature limiters with Type 239 K Safety Thermostat (Figs. 1 and 2) Type 231 K/239 K With Type 231 K Globe Valve for G ½ to G 1 PN C Type 235 K/239 K With Type 235 K Globe Valve for G ½ to G 1 PN C Type 232 K/239 K With Type 232 K Globe Valve for DN 15 to 50 PN C Type 237 K/239 K With Type 237 K Globe Valve for DN 15 to 50 PN C Type 236 K/239 K Without DIN register number; valve opens in case of emergency With Type 236 K Globe Valve for G ½ to G 1, PN 16 or DN 32 to 50, PN C Type 233 K/239 K With Type 233 Three-way Valve for G ½ to G 1 or DN 15 to 50 PN C Temperature regulators and safety temperature limiters (TR/STL) STL TR STL TR Temperature regulators and safety temperature limiters (TR/STL) (Figs. 3 and ) consist of one of the above mentioned instruments Type K/239 K and a typetested Type 230 K Control Thermostat, for example: Type 231 K/239 K/230 K With Type 231 K Valve, Type 239 K Safety Thermostat and Type 230 K Control Thermostat Fig. 3 Type 231 K/239 K/230 K Type 235 K/239 K/230 K Type 236 K/239 K/230 K 1 Type 239 K Safety Thermostat 2 Type 230 K Control Thermostat Fig. Type 232 K/239 K/230 K Type 236 K/239 K/230 K Type 237 K/239 K/230 K Data Sheet T 2185 EN

157 Details and technical data of the valve and the Type 230 K Control Thermostat can be found in the Data Sheets: T 2171 EN With Types 231 K and 232 K Globe Valves T 2172 EN With Types 235 K, 236 K and 237 K Globe Valves T 2173 EN With Type 233 K Three-way Valve Principle of operation (Fig. 5) The safety temperature limiters have a temperature sensor that works according to the adsorption principle. The medium temperature produces a pressure in the temperature sensor (11) that corresponds to the actual temperature measured. This pressure is transmitted through the capillary tube (12) to a positioning bellows where it is converted into a positioning force and compared to the force of a measuring spring. This spring force depends on the adjusted limit value (13). The spring mechanism is released when the actual temperature value exceeds the adjusted limit, when the capillary tube breaks or when there is a leak in the sensor. It moves the pin (10) of the spring mechanism and thus the attached plug stem (), closing and locking the valve. A screwdriver is required to reset the thermostat and put the regulator back into operation when the temperature has fallen below the limit value and the fault has been removed Fig. 5 Type 235 K/239 K Safety Temperature Limiter (STL) Register numbers of devices tested acc. to DIN EN 1597 The register numbers of the Type 231 K, Type 232 K, Type 233 K, Type 235 K and Type 237 K Valves with Type 239 K Safety Thermostat or Type 230 K Control Thermostat are available on request. Type 235 K Valve 1 Valve body 2 Seat (exchangeable) 3 Plug Plug stem 5 Balancing bellows 6 Valve spring 7 Connection nut, valve/connecting element Type 239 K Safety Thermostat 8 Pin of the spring mechanism 9 Connecting element with spring mechanism 10 Capillary tube 11 Temperature sensor with thermowell 12 Limit value adjuster 13 Signal transmitter (optional) Installation Valve Install the valve in a horizontal pipeline with the operating element of the thermostat vertically suspended. Other mounting positions are possible for Types 231 K, 232 K, 233 K and 236 K Valves at temperatures up to 110 C. Make sure the direction of flow through the valve matches the arrow on the body. Capillary tube Install the capillary tube such that it is not exposed to large temperature fluctuations and cannot be damaged. Make sure the permissible ambient temperature range is not exceeded. The smallest permissible bending radius is 50 mm. Temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be installed in any desired position. Its entire length must be immersed in the process medium. Choose a place of installation where neither overheating nor considerable idle times occur. Only use the same kind of materials together, for example thermowells made of stainless steel can be installed in stainless steel heat exchangers. Special installation regulations according to VdTÜV Only use the Type.../239 K Safety Temperature Limiter with a SAMSON thermowell. Special versions Reduced K VS coefficient in DN 15 or G ½ 5 m capillary tube G ½ thermowell made of CrNiMo steel With electric signal transmitter Combinations Safety temperature limiter with Type 230 K Control Thermostat (TR/STL) Safety temperature limiter with differential pressure or flow regulation Ordering text Safety Temperature Limiter (STL) Type.../239 K With Type Valve, G..., DN With Type 232 K or Type 237 K with welding ends/threaded ends/flanges PN..., K VS coefficient... With Type 239 K Safety Thermostat Limit value adjusted to/lead-sealed at... C Optionally, special version Optionally, accessories 156 Data Sheet T 2185 EN

158 Table 1 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Valve Type 231 K 233 K 235 K 236 K 1) 232 K 1) 237 K 1) Thread size G G ½ to G 1 Female thread Nominal size DN 15 to to to to to to 50 Nominal pressure PN Max. permissible temperature C Max. perm. differential pressure p 20. 2) K VS coefficients with Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 Nominal size DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 0 DN 50 K VS coefficients with Type 233 K K VS with Types 235 K, 236 K, 237 K Special versions ) K VS with Types 231 K, 232 K Special versions ) DN 32 to 50 also with flanged body 2) Refer to Data Sheet T 2173 EN for exact values of other nominal sizes 3) For Type 236 K only Type 239 K Safety Thermostat for STL Limit value adjustment range 10 to 95 C or 20 to 120 C 1) Permissible ambient temperature 80 C 60 C with electric signal transmitter Permissible temperature at the sensor 20 K above the adjusted set point Perm. pressure at sensor w. thermowell 0 bar Switching cycles acc. to DIN EN Capillary tube length 2 m (special version: 5 m) Electric signal transmitter Permissible load 230 V~, 16 A at ohmic load Type 230 K Thermostat for TR Set point range Continuously adjustable: 0 to 35 C, 25 to 70 C, 0 to 100 C, 50 to 120 C or 70 to 150 C Permissible ambient temperature Max. 80 C Permissible temperature at the sensor 50 K above the adjusted set point Permissible pressure at the sensor 0 bar Capillary tube length 2 m (special version: 5 m) 1) Higher limit values on request Table 2 Materials Material numbers according to DIN EN Valve Type 231 K 232 K 235 K 236 K 237 K 233 K Body CC91K/CC99K (red brass, Rg 5) 1) Seat Stainless steel Plug Stainless steel ) with brass 3) and EPDM soft seal Valve spring Stainless steel Integrated into the body CuZn0 3) + EPDM soft seal Balancing bellows Stainless steel Type 239 K Safety Thermostat for STL and Type 230 K Thermostat for TR Connecting element Type 239 K Set point adjuster Sensor Capillary tube Glass-fiber reinforced PETP Glass-fiber reinforced PETP Copper Copper Thermowell Copper or stainless steel ) Types 236 K, 236 K and 337 K in DN 32, 0 and 50: also with flanged body made of EN-JS109 and Types 232 K and 236 K in DN 15 to 25: ) Special version for oils (ASTM I, II, III): FPM/FKM soft seal 3) All brass materials resistant to dezincification Data Sheet T 2185 EN

159 Table 3 Dimensions in mm and weights in kg Types 231 K/239 K 233 K/239 K 235 K/239 K 236 K/239 K Connection G ½ ¾ 1 Length L K/239 K Height H 170 Type 233 K/ 239 K Height H 165 Height H K/239 K Height H K/239 K Height H 180 Type 231 K/ 239 K Type 233 K/ 239 K Type 235 K/ 239 K Type 236 K/ 239 K Approx. weight Approx. weight Approx. weight Approx. weight Types 232 K/239 K 233 K/239 K 236 K/239 K 237 K/239 K Nominal size DN Pipe Ø d Width across flats SW Length L With welding ends L With threaded ends L With flanges L Male thread A G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1¼ G 1½ G K/ 239 K 233 K/ 239 K 236 K/ 239 K 237 K/ 239 K Approx. weight in kg 232 K/ 239 K with 233 K/ 239 K with 236 K/ 239 K with 237 K/ 239 K with Height H Height H Height H Height H Height H Height H Height H 195 Height H1 95 Height H Height H Welding ends Threaded ends Flanges Welding ends Threaded ends Flanges Welding ends Threaded ends Flanges Welding ends Threaded ends Flanges Dimensions Safety temperature limiters (STL) H L L1 L L L1 L H Type 231 K/239 K 235 K/239 K (55) 30 Type 232 K/239 K Type 236 K/239 K G ½ to G H d H H d H3 H Bulb sensor with thermowell G½ (¾) (220) 185 G½ Ø12 Type 237 K/239 K Type 236 K/239 K (DN 32 to 50) Version with welding ends Ø12 (Ø19) 185 H1 Type 233 K/239 K Version with female thread SW SW L L1 L L2 L L3 A H2 H Type 233 K/239 K Version with welding ends Type 233 K/239 K Version with threaded ends SW Type 233 K/239 K Version with flanges Temperature regulator with safety temperature limiter (TR/STL) Dimensions in parentheses () for DN 32 to 50 Type.../230 K/239 K Fig. 6 Dimensions 158 Data Sheet T 2185 EN

160 Boiler Controllers Steam Traps Air Vents Data Sheet T 0500 EN

161 Boiler Controllers, typetested Type 5 D 1 Application Type 5 D Flow temperature control in hot water boilers using solid fuels Horizontal or vertical installation. The controller is typetested in accordance with DIN EN 1597, for plants conforming to DIN EN Versions Type 5 D The controllers operate according to the liquid expansion principle. Any temperature changes at the thermostat result in a proportional change in lever travel. The lever causes the supply air damper at the boiler to close, reducing the energy supply. The boiler controllers essentially consist of a thermostat, thermowell, set point adjustment knob, actuating lever and chain. Principle of operation The thermowell contains the liquid-filled thermostat (6) which senses the flow water temperature in the boiler. A pin (5) fastened to the bottom of the metal bellows () projects from the thermostat and is fixed inside the temperature adjustment knob (1). The system consisting of thermostat and pin is pressed against a bearing in the rotary knob by a spring (3). This mechanism allows set point adjustment. The thermostat is connected to a pivot joint (2) where the actuating lever for damper control (8) is screwed on. The force of the spring (3) is calculated such that the weight of the control damper is balanced and does not change the plug position. The spring also acts as an excess temperature device. When the flow temperature rises, the liquid contained in the temperature sensor (6) expands, forcing the thermostat downwards since the pin (5) is fixed inside the rotary knob (1). The pivot joint is moved, the actuating lever is turned axially and the chain (9) closes the damper. In this way, energy supplied to the boiler is reduced, causing the boiler temperature to fall. If the flow temperature decreases, the damper opens as described above in accordance with the adjusted set point. The temperature set point can be changed by turning the set point adjustment knob. When turning the knob, the thermostat and the pin are moved axially. Adjustment of a higher set point temperature, for example, will cause the damper to open until the temperature has reached the adjusted set point. Fig. 1 Type 5 D Boiler controller Rotary knob for set point adjustment 2 Pivot joint 3 Spring for temperature override and for balancing of the damper weight Metal bellows 5 Pin 6 Temperature sensor filled with expanding liquid 7 Thermowell 8 Actuator lever 9 Chain Supply air damper Fig. 2 Functional diagram 160 Data Sheet T 0500 EN

162 Table 1 Technical data Type 5 D Boiler Controller Function according to DIN EN 1597 Type 1 Thread size G ¾ G 1 Set point range 30 to 100 C Excess temp. protection 50 C above the adjusted set point Max. perm. temperature 130 C Max. permissible pressure at the sensor Transfer coefficient Torque Max. travel Table 2 Material Thermowell Set point adjustment knob Actuating lever Chain 10 bar 0.3 C/K 1.9 Nm 85 mm Brass Plastic Steel, painted Steel, zinc-plated (gloss finish) Installation Suitable for vertical or horizontal installation The red figures on the set point adjustment knob apply for horizontal installation, whereas the white figures apply for vertical installation. Special version (available upon customer request) The thermowell, chain and actuating lever have to be adapted to the boiler construction and are therefore available in different sizes upon customer request. Ordering text Boiler Controller Type 5 D Connection thread G ¾ or G 1 Dimensions in mm and weight Ø 5 max Connecting thread G ¾ or G 1 Weight, approx. 0.6 kg Fig. 3 Dimensions Data Sheet T 0500 EN

163 Steam Traps Type 13 E Steam Trap Application Discharge of condensate from steam-heated systems, heat exchangers, heating batteries, radiators, steam pipes and similar equipment Liquid evaporation principle PN 16 Operating range 0.01 to 10 bar 200 C Usable as either angle or globe valve Threaded connections Versions The steam traps essentially consist of a body, an operating element and a seat and plug. They are controlled by temperature and pressure and operate according to the vapor-pressure principle (liquid evaporation). Steam traps are commonly referred to as quick-acting condensate drains. The operating element of the steam trap is a metal bellows which is filled with a water/alcohol mixture. Any temperature changes at the metal bellows result in a corresponding change in valve plug position, meaning either a restriction or increase of the free area between the seat and plug. Fig. Type 13 E Steam Trap Principle of operation The steam pressure curve related to the liquid/steam mixture in the metal bellows largely corresponds to that of water. When the temperature of the water/alcohol mixture increases, the pressure in the operating element rises. The plug closes the seat orifice. When the steam trap is closed, the accumulated condensate as well as the water/alcohol mixture cool down. The pressure in the operating element decreases, the valve opens and the condensate and any entrained air can escape. The temperature of the discharged condensate is approx. 5 to 10 C below the saturated steam temperature. Fig. 5 Functional diagram 1 Cover 2 Operating element 3 Plug Seat Flow rate diagram The diagram refers to condensate at a temperature of 20 C. The pressure stated in bar is the differential pressure between the inlet and outlet of the steam trap. 5 Installation By changing the location of the screw plug (5), the valve can be used as either globe or angle valve. Only install the steam trap in horizontal pipelines The direction of medium flow must coincide with the arrow on the body Install the condensate discharge pipe with a downward slope of approx. 1 % The steam traps are to be installed directly at the outlet of the aggregate In aggregates where the heating batteries are to be kept free from condensate, install the steam trap approx. 1 m downstream of the outlet in the non-insulated pipeline Q l h G 1 G ¾ G ½ 50 p [bar] Fig. 6 Flow rate diagram 162 Data Sheet T 0500 EN

164 Table 3 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 13 E Steam Trap Thread size G ½ G ¾ G 1 Operating range 0.01 to 10 bar Set point range 300 to 100 C Max. perm. temperature 200 C Temperature of discharged condensate Max. permissible ambient temperature Saturated steam temperature 0 C Typical applications Condensate drainage of a main steam line Steam pipe Condensate pipe Table Materials Material number acc. to DIN EN Body Cover/top screw plug Malleable iron GTW-35-0 (EN-GJMW-350-) Malleable iron GTW-35-0 (EN-GJMW-350-) Seat Stainless steel 1.10 Plug Stainless steel Operating element Stainless steel 1.51 Steam Condensate drainage on radiators and convectors Condensate Dimensions in mm Steam H1 H2 H Condensate Condensate drainage of a steam manifold L1 S S Steam L Fig. 7 Dimensions of Type 13 E Table 5 Dimensions in mm and weight Type 13 E Connecting size G ½ G ¾ G 1 L L H H H S Weight, approx. in kg Condensate Condensate drainage on a boiling vessel with steam jacket Steam Condensate Ordering text Steam Trap Type 13 E Connecting thread G ½ G ¾ G 1 Condensate drainage of a steam-heated boiler Fig. 8 Typical applications Data Sheet T 0500 EN

165 Type 3 Air Vent for steam-operated systems Application Venting of, e.g. steam-operated pipe systems, heating systems, radiators, heating equipment Max. 170 C Max. perm. pressure 8 bar Threaded connection. Versions The air vents for steam-operated systems essentially consist of a thermostat with a seat and plug. The air vents operate according to the liquid expansion principle. Any changes in temperature at the thermostat cause the plug to move in either closing or opening direction. Principle of operation The air vents for steam-operated systems operate with a thermostat which is filled with an expansion liquid. When the temperature at the thermostat increases, the liquid expands and moves the plug stem with the attached plug in the closing direction, causing the plug to close the seat tightly. When taking the steam system into operation, the cold air can escape until the incoming steam has heated the thermostat, thus closing the vent. When shutting down the system, the thermostat cools down and the vent opens. In this way, neither air pockets nor a vacuum can occur. 1 Protective cover 2 Air outlet 3 Seat Plug Fig. 9 Functional diagram Typical applications Thermostat 6 Excess temperature protection 5 6 Installation Vertically upright, at the highest point of the part of the pipe or system to be vented. Air vent in a low-pressure steam heating system Table 6 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Air vent for steam Thermostatic operating principle, limit adjustable between 95 and 160 C Thread size G ½ Max. perm. temperature 170 C Max. perm. pressure Weight, approx. 8 bar 0.18 kg Flow rate Pressure bar Air flow rate m n ³/h Table 7 Materials Material number acc. to DIN EN Body Seat CW617N (CuZn0Pb2) Plug Venting of a steam-heated heating battery of a heat exchanger 1 Type 3 Air Vent 2 Type 6 Air Vent 3 Type 13 E Steam Trap Temperature regulator 5 Strainer Fig. 10 Typical examples Ordering text Type 3 Air Vent, G ½ Weight, approx kg Fig. 11 Dimensions 16 Data Sheet T 0500 EN

166 Type 6 Air Vent for water-operated systems, drains for air-operated systems Application Air vents for venting of, e.g. water-operated pipe systems, heating systems, radiators and heating batteries Draining of water from air-operated systems in all branches of industry Max. 180 C Max. permissible pressure 16 bar (air vents)/8 bar (drains). Versions The air vents for water-operated systems essentially consist of a float, a lever, a seat and plug. Their operating principle is based on a change in liquid level, causing a corresponding float movement. Because of this float principle, air vents for water-operated systems can generally be used also for draining water from air-operated systems. Principle of operation The operating element of air vents for water-operated systems is an air-filled float. The air outlet is sealed by the plug (3) which is moved by the float () via the link system. The plug closes the air outlet when the water level rises and opens the outlet when the water level drops. When the device is used to drain water from air-operated systems, the accumulating liquid lifts the float (), causing the outlet to open. When there is no liquid, the weight of the float causes the plug to close the seat tightly. Installation Air vents Vertically upright, at the highest point of the part of the system to be vented Drains Vertically suspended with an overflow pipe, at the lowest point of the system 1 Protective cover 2 Air outlet Fig. 12 Functional diagram Typical applications Type 6 Air Vent on a high-level tank 3 Seat Float Type 6 Air Vent in a water supply network Type 6 Air Vent 2 Type 6 Air Vent Table 8 Technical data All pressures in bar (gauge) Type 6 Air vent Drain Thread size G ½ Max. perm. temperature 180 C Max. perm. pressure 16 bar 8 bar Weight, approx. 1.3 kg Type 6 Air Vent Flow rate Pressure bar Air flow rate m n ³/h Water flow rate m n ³/h Table 9 Materials Material number acc. to DIN EN Body S235G2T (1.0308), zinc-coated Seat Stainless steel Plug EPDM Float Stainless steel Type 6 Air Vent in an air supply network Fig. 13 Typical applications Dimensions in mm and weight Ordering text Type 6 Air Vent or Drain, G ½ Weight, approx. 1.3 kg Fig. 1 Dimensions Data Sheet T 0500 EN

167

168 Strainers with threaded end connections Type 1 N With standard strainer insert Type 1 NI With dual strainer insert Type 1 FN With standard strainer insert Version for district heating systems Application For protecting downstream plants, aggregates and measuring and control devices against impurities Straining and collecting dirt particles carried along by the medium. With body G 3 8 to G 2 PN 25 Suitable for liquids, steam and non-flammable gases up to max. 300 C The strainers consist of a Y-style body with threaded end connections and a wide-meshed filter element (standard strainer insert) or a wide-meshed filter element with an additional fine-meshed filter element (dual strainer insert). Special features Compact design with lengths according to DIN Easy removal of the collected dirt particles Easy replacement of the strainer insert Versions Inlet/outlet: female thread 3 8 to 2 Connection DN 15 to 50 PN 25 Type 1 N With standard strainer insert Type 1 NI With dual strainer insert Brass body Connections G 3 8 to G 2 Type 1 FN Version for district heating With standard strainer insert Red brass body With/without connection nuts and welding ends Thread size G ½ to G 2 Connection DN 15 to 50 PN 25 Especially suitable for district heating systems Fig. 1 Type 1 N/1 NI Strainer with female thread Principle of operation The medium flows through the strainer in the direction indicated by the arrow on the body. The uncleaned medium first contacts the inside of the strainer insert (filter element). While it passes through the filter element, the dirt particles carried along by the medium are collected in the filter element. The dirt particles can be removed after unscrewing the screw cap. Installation Install the strainer in the direction of flow indicated by the arrow on the body Make sure ample space is available for removing and cleaning the strainer insert (see dimensions). In vertical pipelines, when the medium flows upward, install the strainer with the screw cap facing upward. In this case, however, the dirt particles will not be collected, but retained. Install swing check valves or similar devices to prevent backflow. For further information on installation, refer to the Mounting and Operating Instructions EB 1010 EN. Fig. 2 Type 1 FN Strainer with welding ends 1 Body 2 Strainer insert 3 Gasket Screw cap 5 Welding ends (on both sides) 6 Connection nut (on both sides) Ordering text Strainer Type 1 N/1 NI, connection G Body material Type 1 FN, connection G With/without connection nuts and welding ends Data Sheet T 1010 EN